Text

Requests Info Re Disciplinary Action Resulting from Issuing False & Misleading Repts to NRC Concerning Plant Offsite Emergency Preparedness
	ML20024G842
Person / Time
Site:	Pilgrim
Issue date:	03/12/1991
From:	Morgan R; MASSACHUSETTS, COMMONWEALTH OF
To:	Bettenhausen L; NRC OFFICE OF INSPECTION & ENFORCEMENT (IE REGION I)
Shared Package
ML20024G837	List: ML20024G836; ML20024G842;
References
	NUDOCS 9105010156
	Download: ML20024G842 (2)
	v • d • e

{{#Wiki_filter:11 W Y N HRC KING OF PRUSWIR-2 P02~ ...s S.N comuoN*caLT or wassaewusetta ,.,,? MASSACHU$CTTS SENATE stait -oves mostow ottaa s v 7 c:: ~,,,..s 'IO",, g, n, m4 a r o n t o w u.o.~P.,x m.aBY r.,.ov, a~o e a y,y,, .co'ncs .n-

ss 'et 76 722 6 330 March 12, 1991 i:nited States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region I a75 Allendale Road

);ir,n of Prussia, Pennsylvania 19406 Attn: Pn. 1.ee H. Bettenhausen, Chief, Operations Branch, Division of Peactor Safety Re: Pilgrim II Nuclear Pacility, Plymouth, MA

Dear Mr. E e ll t e nhau c e n :

Senator Kirby asked me to write you in regard to the enclosed news item that appeared in the Cape Cod Times, last week. As a strong supporter of~the nuclear industry, the Senator was interested in the circumstances surrounding the disciplinary action resulting from Pilgrim II staffers issuing " false and miuleading reports" ^' the 11FC about the state of readiness of Pilgrim II prier the plant's reopening. Specifically, the Senator would like to request a copy of the llRC inspector's July report criticizing the staff and any other information you could provide about what facts baued by the Pilgrim I! otaf f were " false and misleadinF." Thanks very much for your help in this matter. cincerely, ~ Ecnald K. Morgo Acciutant to Senator Mdward P.

Kirby, P1vmouth and F4a rns t a b l e District RXM cc file 006328 LDO

/ (I - 6 / 5 3 7-6 C I Ng Oggg $8 5 F

MAR.e,20 '91 09:07 NRC KING OF PRUSSIA-2 P03 , NKL STOTTCD h. ~ MW T repnman el p 1 Citec for false Pi grim data By PAMEL.A GLASS No one, however, was removed CTTAWAY Nrws sitvict from their positions or fired, and no major changes in staff proce-WASHINGTON - Nuclear Re-dures have been instituted, offt-gulatory Commisalon staffers who cials said, gave misleadinginformation to the Taylor told Kostmayer that he commissioners about the Pilgrim was satisfled with this disciplitary nuclear plant in Plymouth have action. He said that the false state-been disciplined,a topNRCofficial ments were not made deliberately told Congress yesteruay-to mislesd NRC commissioners. James M. Taylor, NHC Dtrector NRC chairman Kenneth Carr, in of Operations, said his deputies response to a question from Kost-have spoken directly to the staffers mayer, said he, too, was sattsfied involved and issued " letters of in-with the disciplinary action. Kost-struction" to some of them. He did mayer and other members of the not elaborate on what these Letters subcommittee did not challenge contained, and an agency spokes-these statements. man said later that he couldn't pr* Taylor said the NRC is talung vide details because it was a per-steps to amid the exchange of mis-sonnel matter. leading information to commis. An NRC inspector's report is* sioners in the futuri. sued last July enticized the staff for There was a disagreement at the providing inaccurt.te and false in-hearing, however, over whether fonnation about the adequacy of the false information given to NRC emergency plans for the Pilgrim commissioners was corrected be-nuclear power plant (the coen-fore the vote was taken to restart. mission was Considering whether Kostmayer wanted to know why 198 to restart to it took pressure from the pubtle to allow the ~ staf@f for not verif ng informarnon fadtted the and Massachusetts officials for the NRC to realizeit had received false supplied by P owner Boston information about Pilgrim's fitness Edison.4 to reopen after a three year shut-In response to questions by Rep. down due to mechanical or mana. Peter Kostmayer, D Pa, chairman gerial problems,~ of the House subcommittee on En-Carr responded: "We assured ergy and the Environment, Taylor you (at a congresalonal hearing saio the staffers were called in for last Octbber) in Plymouth that the i what he called " personal counsel-inaccurate information was Mr. ing" - in other words, a " good rected befort the (restart) decision trJking to." was made " '~

f* *'cg fl U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION March 1991 i. h.[ \\,t 0FFICE OF NUCLEAR REGULATORY RESEARCH Division 1 'm $4E \\...'.ff Task DG-1013 ./ DRAFT REGULATORY GUIDE

Contact:

C.W. Nilsen (301)492-3834 z/* D 2-l34/ DRAFTREIULATORYGUIDEDG-1013 PROPOSED REVISION 3 TO REGULATORY GUIDE 1.52 l DESIGN, TESTING, AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA FOR POSTACCIDENT ENGINEERED-SAFETY-FEATURE ATH0 SPHERE CLEANUP SYSTEM AIR FILTRATION AND ADSORPTION UNITS OF LIGHT-WATER-COOLED NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS l A. INTRODUCTION General Design Criteria 41, 42, and 43 of Appendix A, " General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants," to 10 CFR Part 50, " Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities," require that containment atmosphere cleanup systems be provided as necessary to reduce the amount of radioactive material released to the environment following a postulated design basis acci-dent (DBA). They also require that these systems be designed to permit appro-priate periodic inspection and testing to ensure their integrity, capability, and operability. General Design Criterion 61 of Appendix A to Part 50 requires that fuel storage and handling systems, radioactive waste systems, and other systems that may contain radioactivity be designed to ensure adequate safety under normal and postulated accident conditions and that they be designed with appropriate containment, confinement, and filtering systems. General Design Criterion 19 requires that adequate radiation protection be provided to permit access to and occupancy of the control room under accident conditions and for the duration of the accident without pers)nnel radiation exposures in excess of 5 rems to the whole body. This guide presents methods acceptable to the NRC staf f for implementing the Commission's reaulations in Anoendix A in in CFR part 8in with vanarri tn YhIs replatory gutae is being issued in craf t form to involve the public in the early stapel of the oewelop- ~ vient of a regulatory position in this area. It has n3t received couplete staff review and does not represent an of fic ta) hRC sta f f position. Public coements are being solicited on the draf t guide (including any isolementation schedule) and its associ. atse regulator _v analysts or value/tmpact statement. Coseents should be accespanted by appropriate supporting data. Written coements may be submitted to the Regulatory Publications Branch. OrlP1. Office of Adelnistra. tion. U.s. Nuclear Regulatory Coenission. Washington. DC 20555. Coptes of comments received may be eustned at the hRC Public Document Room, 2120 L 5 tree t hd.. Washington. DC. Coenents will be most helpful i f received t'y Reevests for single copies of dra f t guides (which may be reproduced) or for placement on an automatic distri. button list for single copfes of future draf t guides in specific divisions should be maoe in writtrig to the U.S. huclear Regulatory Commission. Washington DC 20555. Attention Otrector. Division of Information Support Services.

design, testing, and maintenance criteria for air filtration and iodine adsorption units of engineered-safety feature (ESF) atmosphere cleanup systems in light water-cooled nuclear power plants. This guide applies only to post-accident engineered-safety-feature atmosphere cleanup systems designed to miti-gate the consequences of postulated accidents. It addresses the ESF atmosphere cleanup system, including the various components and ductwork, in the postulated DBA environment. This guide does not apply to atmosphere cleanup systems designed to collect airborne radioactive materials during normal plant operation, including antici-pated operational occurrences. Guidance is being developed as Proposed Revision 3 to Regulatory Guide 1.140, " Design, Testing, and Maintenance Criteria for Normal Ventilation Exhaust System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants," to provide guidance for normal ventilation exhaust systems. Any information collection activities mentioned in this draft regulatory guide are contained as requirements in 10 CFR Part 50, which provides the regulatory basis for this guide. The information collection requirements in 10 CFR 50 have been cleared under OMB Clearance No. 3150-0011. B. DISCUSSION Atmosphere cleanup systems are included as engineered safety features in the design of light-water-cooled nuclear power plants to mitigate the radio-logical consequences of postulated accidents. The mitigating action of ESF atmosphere cleanup systems is limited to the removal of radioactive iodine and particulate matter (aerosols) that may be released in an accident; the removal of fission product noble gases by ESF atmosphere cleanup systems is negligible. ESF atmosphere cleanup systems should be designed to operate under the environ-mental conditions resulting from design basis accidents. In this guide, ESF atmosphere cleanup systems that must operate under postulated DBA conditions inside the primary containment are designated as " primary systems." ESF systems required to operate outside the primary con-tainment under postulated DBA conditions that are generally less severe are designated as " secondary systems." Secondary systems include such systems as the standby gas treatment system and the atmosphere cleanup systems for the spent fuel handling, control, and shield or annulus buildings. 2

l The DBA environmental design conditions for a given ESF system should be i determined for each plant. DBA environmental design conditions for typical pri-mary and secondary systems are shown in Table 1. In addition, primary systems I should be designated to withstand the radiation dose from water and plateout j sources in the containment and the corrosive effects of chemical sprays (if such sprays are included in the plant design). An ESF atmosphere cleanup system consists of some or all of the following l components: dampers, moisture separators, heaters, prefilters, high-efficiency j particulate air (HEPA) filters, iodine adsorption units, fans, and associated ductwork, motors, valves, and instrumentation. The principal purpose of dampers in an ESF atmosphere cleanup system is to shut off or seal the system components from air or gases flowing in a designated l flow path. A typical unit has dampers both upstream and downstream of the " train of components, i.e., upstream of the moisture separator and downstream l of the last HEPA filter or iodine adsorber. The dampers prevent or isolate h, unwanted flow or circulation of the normal air or gas stream through the system L components in order to preserve or extend the useful service life of the fil-tration and iodine adsorption media. ESF system dampers may also serve one or i t more secondary functions such as flow control, pressure control, balancing, 1 pressure relief, or backflow prevention. This guide does not address the fire l prevention aspect of dampers in ESF atmosphere cleanup systems. 1 The principal purpose of a moisture separator is to remove entrained water droplets (sensible moisture) from the inlet gas stream, thereby protecting HEPA filters and iodine adsorbers from water damage and plugging. Hoisture separa-tors may serve several other potentially important safety functions in accident situations, such as (1) shock attenuation, (2) fire protection, and (3) partic-l ulate matter overload protection; however, the design functions and principal purposes discussed in this guide are limited to the removal of entrained water l droplets from the inlet gas stream. Moisture separators may also function as l prefilters in some system designs. Heaters normally follow the moisture separators in the cleanup train and l are designed to heat the incoming stream to reduce the stream's relative humid-ity upstream of the HEPA filters and iodine adsorbers to minimize adsorption of water vapor from the air by the iodine adsorbers. Such action promotes the l long-term retention of radioiodine, minimizing the potential for early desorption l and release. In some designs, space heaters are used to prevent condensation l 3

f within the isolated components of the cleanup unit, while the cleanup units are not in service. P Prefilters and HEPA filters are installed to remove particulate matter from the gas stream. Profilters remove the larger airborne particles from the gas stream and prevent excessive loading of the HEPA filters. The HEPA filters remove the fine discrete particulate matter to minimize fouling of the adsorbers. The adsorbers remove gaseous iodine (elemental iodine and organic iodides) from the air stream. HEPA filters downstream of the adsorption units collect carbon fines and provide additional protection against particulate matter release in case of failure of the upstream HEPA filter bank. The exhaust fan is usually the final item in an atmosphere cleanup train. Such a location is advantageous in that upstrcam com?onents of the train oper-ate at negative pressure (with respect to surrounding spaces), minimizing the potential for outward leakage of radioactive materials to surrounding spaces. If the fan is located at some other upstream point in the atmosphere cleanup train, special care must be taken in design and construction to prevent leakage or exfiltration from those portions of the train downstream of the fan that may be near or above the atmospheric pressure of the surrounding spaces. The environmental. operating conditions preceding a postulated DBA may affect the perfomance of ESF atmosphere cleanup systems during and following a DBA. Industrial contamina'nts, pollutants, high temperature, and high relative humidity contribute to the aging and. weathering of filters and adsorbers and may reduce their. effective capability to perform their design functions. There-fore, aging and weathering, both of which will vary according to site-specific conditions, should be considered during design, operation, and maintenance. The potential for condensation of moisture inside ESF atmosphere cleanup systems when in a shutdown or standby mode of operation should also be given design consideration, e.g., provision for space heaters. The effects of these envi-ronmental factors on the performance of the ESF atmosphere cleanup system should be determined by scheduled periodic testing during operation. All components of ESF atmosphere cleanup _ systems should be designed for-reliable perfomance under accident conditions.. Initial. testing and proper maintenance are primary factors in ensuring the reliability of the ESF - atmosphere cleanup system. Careful attention during the design phase to problems of ESF. system maintenance can contribute significantly to the reliability of the system by-increasing the ease of such maintenance. Of particular importance in the design is a layout that provides accessibility and sufficient working 4 _. _. - _.. _ _ _ _ _ _.. _. _. _. _ _ _. _.. _ _. ~. -. -. _ _. ~ _. _. _,. _., _. _ _. _. _,, _

space so that the required maintenance functions can be performed safely and efficiently. Periodic testing during operation to verify the efficiency of the components is another important means of ensuring reliability. Built-in features that will facilitate convenient access for in place testing are important in ESF system design. DOP, an acronym for dioctyi phthalate or di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate (DEHP), is the standard challenge aerosol used in the testing of HEPA filters. 00P has been considered to be a substance of low toxicity by all routes of human intake. The National Cancer Institute has conducted carcinogenesis bioassay tests on DOP; preliminary findings showed DOP to be potentially carcinogenic in mice and rats, but the reports made no determination of risk to humans. If definitive recommendations are made by the National Institute for Occupat'ional Safety and Health, specific guidance on the use of DOP will be issued. Activated carbon is often impregnated with iodide or amine compounds to enhance radiciodine retention under high humidity conditions. It has been sug-gested that the use of potassium iodide-impregnated carbon in primary contain-ment recirculating ESF atmosphere cleanup systems may result in the release of free nonradioactive iodine, which could interact by isotopic exchange with the relatively stable Cs1811 deposited on containment surfaces in a DBA, making free 1831 available in the containment atmosphere. This exchange of nonradio-active iodine and deposited 131I may increase tl.e airborne radioactive iodine fraction (Ref. 1) in the containment atmosphere. While the existence of such conditions in a DBA has not been conclusively demonstrated, licensees should consider the use of carbons co-impregnated wii.h both potassium iodide and a tertiary amine to minimize the potential for release of free iodine from the carbon impregnant and to minimize the potentie' for the formation of airborne radioactive iodine within containment. Standards acceptable to the NRC staff for the design and testing of ESF atmosphere cleanup systems include portions of ASME H509-1989, " Nuclear Power Plant Air-Cleaning Units and Components" (Ref. 2), ASME N510-1989, " Testing of Nuclear Air-Treatment Systems" (Ref. 3), and ASME/ ANSI AG-1-1988 " Code on Nuclear Air and Gas Treatment" (Ref. 4). Other standards referenced in this guide include ASTM D3803-1989, " Standard Test Methods for Nuclear-Grade Acti-vated Carbon" (Ref. 5), and ASTM D4069-81, " Impregnated Activated Carbon Used To Remove Gaseous Radiciodines from Gas Streams" (Ref. 6). 5

e ERDA 76-21, " Nuclear Air Cleanin,.iandbook" (Ref. 7), provides a compre-hensive review of air filtration and adsorption systems. While ERDA 76-21 is not a standard, it discusses a number of design alternatives that have been found acceptable by the NRC staff in case-by-case reviews. Section 2 of ASME N509-1989 (Ref. 2) and Section 2 of ASME N510-1989 (Ref. 3) list additional related documents that may be of interest. C. REGULATORY POSITION 1. ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN CRITERIA ESF atmosphere cleanup systems should be designed for environmental con-ditions in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 of ASME N509-1989 (Ref. 2) as modified and supplemented by the following: 1.1. The design of an ESF atmosphere cleanup system should be based on the anticipated range of operating parameters of temperature, pressure, relative huridity, radiation levels, and airborne iodine concentrations likely during i and following the postulated DBA. Table 1 describes typical accident conditions for ESF atmosphere cleanup systems. 1.2. The design of each ESF atmosphere cleanup system should be based on the radiation dose to essential services in the vicinity of the adsorber section, integrated over the 30-day period following the postulated DBA. The radiation source term should ba consistent with the assumptions found in Regulatory Guides 1.3 (Ref. 8),1.4 (Ref. 9), and 1.25 (Ref.10), Other ESFs, including pertinent components of essential services such as power, air, and control cables, should be adequately shielded from the ESF atmosphere cleanup systems. 1.3. The design of each adsorber should be based on the concentration and relative abundance of the iodine species (elemental, particulate, and organic) and should be consistent with the assumptions found in Regulatory Guides 1.3 (Ref. 8), 1.4 (Ref. 9), and 1.25 (Ref. 10). 1.4. The operation of any ESF atmosphere cleanup system should not degrade the operation of other ESFs such as a containment spray system nor, conversely, should the operation of ESFs such as a containment spray system degrade the operation of any ESF atmosphere cleanup system. 6

1.5. Components of systems connected to compartments that are unheated during a postulated accident should be designed for the postaccident effects of both the lowest and highest predicted temperatures. 1.6. The design of an ESF atmosphere cleanup system should consider any significant contaminants that may occur during a DBA such as dusts, chemicals, excessive moisture, or other particulate matter that could degrade the cleanup system's operation. 2. SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA ESF atmosphere cleanup systems should be designed in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 of ASHE H509-1989 (Ref. 2) as modified and supplemented by the following: M. ESF atmosphere cleanup systems designed and installed for the purpose of mitigating accident doses should have redundant units (trains) to provide assurance that a unit will function during the DBA. Each unit chould consist of the following sequential components: (1) moisture separator, (2) prefilter, (3) HEPA filter, (4) iodine adsorber (impregnated activated carbon), (5) post-filter, (6) fan, and (7) interspersed ducts, motors, dampers, and related instrumentation. A heater should be used when relative humidity is to be controlled before filtration. 2j. The redundant ESF atmosphere cleanup units should be physically separated so that damage to one unit does not also cause damage to the other unit. The generation of missiles from high-pressure equipment rupt Jre, rotating machinery failure, or natural phenomena should be considered in the design for separation and protection. 2.3. All components of an ESF atmosphere cleanup system should be designated as seismic Category I (see Ref. 11, Regulatory Guide 1.29) if failure of a component would lead to the release of significant quantities of fission products to the working or outdoor environments. 2.4. In the mechanical design of the ESF system, the high radiation levels that may be associated with buildup of radioactive materials on the ESF system components should be given particular consideration. ESF system construction materials should effectively maintain their intended function under the postu-lated radiation levels. The effects of radiation should be considered not only 7

for moisture separators, heaters, HEPA filters, adsorbers, motors, and fans, but also for any electrical insulation, controls, joining compounds, dampers, gaskets, and other organic-containing materials that are necessary for operation during a postulated DBA. In addition to the consideration of high radiation levels, the mechanical design of the ESF system should be based on consideration of other harsh conditions that say occur during a DBA such as high humidity, containment rain-out, or high temperatures and pressures. 2.5. To ensure reliable in place testing, the volumetric air flow rate of each cleanup unit should be limited to approximately 50,000 cfm. If a total system air flow in excess of this rate is required, multiple units should be used. 2.6. The power supply and electrical distribution system for the ESF atmosphere cleanup system should be designed in accordance with Regulatory Guide L 32 (Ref.12). All instrumentation and equipment controls should be designed to IEEE Standard 279 (Ref. 13). The ESF system should be qualified and tested under Regulatory Guide 1.89 (Ref.14). To the extent applicable, Regulatory Guides 1.30 (Ref.15),1.100 (Ref.16), and 1.118 (Ref.17) and IEEE Standard 334 (Ref. 18) should be considered in the design. 2.7. Unless the applicable ESF atmosphere cleanup system operates continuously during all times that a DBA can be postulated to occur, the system should be automatically activated upon the occurrence of a DBA by (1) a redun-dant ESF actuation signal (e.g., temperature, pressure) or (2) a signal from redundant seismic Category I radiation monitors. 2.8. To maintain radiation exposures to operating and maintenance person-nel as low as is reasonably achievable, ESF atmosphere cleanup systems and comoonents should be designed to control leakage and facilitate maintenance, inspection, and testing in accordance with the guidance of Regulatory Guide 8.8 (Ref. 19). The ESF atmosphere cleanup unit should be totally enclosed. To minimize the potential contamination of the area when maintaining the ESF atmosphere cleanup system, the system should be designed and installed in a manner that permits replacement of an entire unit or a minimum number of segmented sections without removal of individual components. 2.9. Outdoor air intake openings should be equipped with louvers, grills, screens, or similar protective devices to minimize the effects of high winds, rain, snow, ice, trash, and other contaminants on the operation of the system. If the atmosphere surrounding the plant could contain significant environmental contaminants, such as dusts and residues from smoke cleanup systems from adjacent 8

i 1 coal burning power plants or industry, the design of the system should consider these contaminants and prevent them from affecting the operation of any ESF atmosphere cleanup system. j 3. COMPONENT DESIGN CRITERIA AND QUALIFICATION TESTING Components of ESF atmosphere cleanup systems should be designed, construc- ] ted, and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 2) as modified and supplemented by the following: 1 3.1. Filter and adsorber banks should be arranged in accordance with the recommendations of Section 4.4 of ERDA 76-21 (Ref. 7). 3.2. HEPA filters used in ESF atmosphere cleanup systems should be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with Section 5.1 of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 2), should have fiber glass media and steel sides, and should be com-patible with the chemical composition and physical conditions of the air stream. 3.3. HEPA filters should meet the construction, material, and test requirements of military specifications MIL-F-51068 (Ref. 20) and MIL-F-51079 (Ref. 21). The requirements of these specifications concerning listing on the Department of Defense Qualified Products List (QPL) need not apply if the manu-facturer maintains a quality assurance program consistent with the requirements of Appendix B, " Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel Reprocessing Plants," to 10 CFR Part 50. 3.4. Each HEPA filter should be tested by the manufacturer (or by a qualified filter test facility) for penetration of 00P in accordance with the procedures of HIL-F-51068 (Ref. 20) and MIL-STD-282 (Ref. 22).2 Testing and , ocumentation should be in accordance with a quality assurance program consistent d with the requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50. A report certifying that the HEPA filters meet Regulatory Positions 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 of this guide, including identification of quality assurance documents and test reports that support such certification, should be furnished to the licensee. 1The pertinent quality assurance requirements of Appendix B, " Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants and Reprocessing Plants," to 10 CFR Part 50 apply to all activities affecting the safety-related functions of HEPA filters. 2The U.S. Department of Energy (USDOE) operates a number of filter test facilities qualified to perform HEPA filter efficiency tests. 9 I

4 M. Adsorption units function most efficiently, with respect to retention of adsorbed iodine, at an input relative humidity of 70% or less. If an ESF atmosphere cleanup system services an area where moisture concentration and/or humidity approaching 100% relative humidity is expected to occur in an accident situttion (e.g., standby gas treatment system or ECCS area ventilation), the system should be provided with heaters for controlling the relative humidity to 70% or less of air entering the adsorber section. For other ESF atmosphere cleanup systems, if the relative humidity of the entering air is expected to exceed 70% according to paragraph 4.1(e) of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 2), heaters should be provided in the system design for controlling the relative humidity of the air entering the system: Heaters should be capable of reducing the worst case relative humidity of system influent air to 70% or less in the system space between the system inlet and the prefilter or HEPA stage at the maximum system design flow rate, considering normal and off-normal supply voltages. Heaters should be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with Section 5.5 of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 2). 3.6. The adsorber section of the ESF atmosphere cleanup system may contain any adsorbent material demonstrated to remove gaseous iodine (elemental iodine and organic iodides) from air at the required efficiency. However, since impregnated activated carbon is used almost exlusively, only impregnated acti-vated carbon is discussed in this guide. 3.7. Each original or replacement batch or lot of impregnated activated carbon used in the adsorber section should meet the requirements for adsorbent contained in Section 5.2.3 of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 2) and in Section 16 of ASTM D4069-81 (Ref 6) 3'i In ASTM D4069-90, a test performed "only for qualification 3A " batch of activated carbon" or a " batch of impregnated activated carbon" is the maximum quentity of adsorbent (not to exceed 10 cubic meters) manufactured from the same base material, processed throughout its manufacturing cycle in the same equipment and under the same manufacturing procedures, that c.an be homogenized at one time in one blending device and for which certified results of appropriate tests of physical and chemical properties are available. This constitutes a " batch" to be presented for radioactive or other specified tests under conditions and within tolerances specified (Ref. 2). 4A " lot of activated carbon" or a " lot of impregnated activated carbon" is that quantity of adsorbent consisting of one or more batches of the same type and grade, each of which meets the specified performance, physical, and chemical requirements, and is shipped to the same purchaser by the same manufacturer for the same job requirement (Ref. 2). 10

purpcses" should be interpreted to mean a test that establishes the suitability of a manufacturer's product "or a generic application, normally a one-time test establishing typical performance of the product. Tests not specifically identi-fied as being performed oni:' for qualification Nrposes should be interpreted as " batch tests." Batch tetts are tests to be made on each production batch of product to establish suitability for a specific application. Test conditions and acceptance criteria for batch tests should be the same as, or more stringent than, those specified in the plant's technical specifications for the specific application. 3.8. If an adsorbent other than impregnated activated carbon is proposed or if the mesh size distribution or other physical properties of the impregnated activated carbon are different from the specifications in 3.7 above, the pro-posed adsorbent should have the capability to perform as well as or better than activated carbon satisfying the specifications in Section 5.2.3 of ASME N509-1989 (Ref. 2), 3.9. If impregnated activated carbon is used as the adsorbent, the adsorber system should be designed for an average atmosphere residence time of at least 0.25 second per two inches of adsorbent bed. The adsorption unit should be designed for a maximum loading of 2.5 mg of total iodine (radioactive plus stable) per gram of activated carbon. No more than 50 mg of total impreg-nant per gram of carbon should be used. The radiation stability of the type of impregnated carbon specified should be demonstrated and certified (see Regu-latory Position 1.2 of this guide for the design source term). 3.10. Ducts and filter housings should be laid out with a minimum of ledges, protrusions, and crevices that could collect dust and moisture and that could impede personnel or create a hazard to them in the performance of their work. Turning vanes or other air flow distribution devices should be installed where needed to ensure representative air flow measurement and uniform flow distribution through cleanup components. 3.11. Water drains should be designed in accordance with the recommenda-tions of Section 4.5.8 of ERDA 76-21 (Ref. 7). Special design features, such as water traps for each drain, should be incorporated into drain systems to pre-vent contaminated air bypassing filters or adsorbers through the drain system. 11

4. MAINTAINABILITY CRITERIA Provisions for maintaining ESF atmosphere cleanup systems should be incorporated in the system design in accordance with Section 4.8 of ASME H509-1988 (Ref. 2) as supplemented by the following: 4.1. Accessibility of components for maintenance should be considered in the design of ESF atmosphere cleanup systems. In addit h' to the provisions of Section 4.8 of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 2), the design should consider the pro-visions of Section 2.3.8 of ERDA 76-21 (Ref. 7). 4.2. Each ESF atmosphere cleanup train should be operated at least 10 hours per month, with input air at less than 70% relative humidity, in order to reduce potential or accumulated buildup of moisture on the adsorbers and HEPA filters. Units equipped with heaters should be operated with heaters energized. 4.3. The cleanup components (i.e., HEPA filters, prefilters, and adsorbers) should not be installed while active construction of the ventilation systems is still in progress. 5. IN-PLACETEST1NGCRITERIA In place testing of ESF atmosphere cleanup systems and components should be performed in accordance with Sections 5 through 14 of ASME H510-1989 (Ref.

3) as modified and supplemented by the following:

5.1. In place DOP leak testing of ESF atmosphere cleanup systems should be perforaed: (1) initially, (2) at least once per 18 months or once per refuel-ing outage, (3) after each partial or complete replacement of a HEPA filter bank, (4) following detection of, or evidence of, penetration or intrusion of water or other foreign material into any portion of an ESF atmosphere cleanup system, and (5) following painting, fire, or chemical release in any ventila-tion zone communicating with the system, whether the system was in operation at the time or not, and the HEPA filter section could thereby have deteriorated or been loaded to such an extent that the HEPA filter section performance would be unacceptable. The test should be performed in accordance with Section 10 of ASME H510-1989 (Ref. 3). The leak test should confirm a combined penetration and leakage (or bypass) of the ESF atmosphere cleanup system of less than 0.05% 12

~.. - = of the challenge aerosol at rated flow. To be credited with a 99% removal efficiency for particulate matter in accident dose evaluations, a HEPA filter bank in an ESF atmosphere cleanup system must demonstrate a DOP leak test result of less than 0.05% of the challenge aerosol at rated flow.

5. 2.

HEPA filter sections in ESF atmosphere cleanup systems that fail to satisfy the appropriate leak-test conditions should be examined to determine the location and cause of leaks. Repairs, such as alignment of filter frames and tightening of filter hold-down bolts, may be siade; however, repair of defec-tive, damaged, or torn filter media by patching or using caulking materials is not permissible in ESF atmosphere cleanup systems, and such filters should be replaced and not repaired. HEPA filters that fail to satisfy test conditions should be replaced with filters qualified pursuant to Regulatory Positions 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4. After repairs or filter replacement, the ESF atmosphere cleanup system should be retested in accordance with Section 10 of ASME N510-1989 (Ref. 3). The above process should be repeated as necessary until combined penetration and leakage (bypass) of the system is less than 0.05%.

5. 3.

In-place adsorber leak testing should be conducted (1) initially, (2) at least once per 18 months or curing each refueling outage thereafter, (3) following removal of an adsorber sample for laboratory testing if the integ-rity of the adsorber section is affected, (4) after each partial or complete replacement of carbon adsorber in an adsorber section, (5) following detection of, or evidence of, penetration or intrusion of water or other foreign material into any portion of an ESF atmosphere cleanup system, and (6) following paint-ing, fire, or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the system, whether the system was in operation at the time or not, and the adsor-ber section could thereby have deteriorated or been loaded to such an extent that the adsorber section perfomance would be unacceptable. . The test should be performed in accordance with Section 11 of ASME 14510-1989 (Ref. 3). The leak test should confim a combined penetration and leakage (or bypass) of the adsorber section of 0.05% or less of the challenge gas at rated flow. Where credited with a 99% or greater removal efficiency of elemental iodine or organic iodide in accident dose evaluations, a carbon adsorber section in an ESF atmospheric cleanup system must demonstrate a leak test result of 0.05% or less of the challenge gas at rated flow. In no case may the leak test result be greater than 1%. 13

e 5.4. Adsorber sections that fail to satisfy the appropriate leak-test conditions should be examined to determine the location and cause of leaks. Repairs, such as alignment of adsorber cells, tightening of adsorber cell hold-down bolts, or tightening of test canister fixtures, may be made; however, the use of temporary patching material on adsorbers, filters, housings, mounting frames, or ducts should not be allowed. After repairs or adjustments have been made, the adsorber sections should be retested in accordance with Section 11 of ASME N510-1989 (Ref. 3). The above process should be repeated as necessary until the combined penetration and leakage (bypass) of the adsorber section is ) .less than the acceptance criteria. 5.5. If any welding repairs are necessary on, within, or adjacent to the ducts, housing, or mounting frames, the filters and adsorbers should be removed from the housing prior to performing such repairs. The repairs should be com-pleted prior to re-installation of filters and adsorbers; the system should then be visually inspected and leak tested as in Regulatory Positions 5.1 and 5.3. 5.6. An appropriate refrigerant gas may be injected upstream of HEPA filters in order to test a downstream adsorber section since it has been shown that prefilters and HEPA filters in the duct have nn effect on the refrigerant gas test (Ref. 7) and that refrigerant gases have no adverse effect on HEPA fil-ters (Ref. 3) when an appropriate refrigerant is used. 6. LABORATORY TESTING CRITERIA FOR ACTIVATED CARBON Laboratory testing of samples of activated carbon adsorber material from ESF atmosphere cleanup systems should be performed in accordance with Section 15 of ASME H510-1989 (Ref. 3), ASTM D3803-1989 (Ref. 5), and Table 2 of this guide as supplemented by the following: 14 re" mmm . m-m.m . m

6.1. Representative 5 samples of activated carbon adsorbent should be col-1ected at the time of installation or replacement of adsorber material and sub-mitted for analysis. Test results will provide a base or reference for subse-quent sampling and analysis to show the variation of adsorbent condition with time. 6.2. Sampling and analysis should be performed (1) after each 720 hours of system operation, (2) at least once per 18 months for systems maintained in a standby status, (3) following painting, fire, or chemical release in any venti-lation zone communicating with the system, whether the system was in operation at the time or not, and the adsorbent could thereby have deterioriated or been loaded to such an extent that the adsorber efficiency would be unacceptable, and (4) following detection of, or evidence of, penetration or intrusion of water or other foreign material into any portion of an ESF atmosphere cleanup system. 6.3. For accident dose evaluation purposes, the activated carbon adsorber ) section of an ESF atmosphere cleanup system should be assigned the appropriate decontamination efficiency given in Table 2 for elemental iodine and organic iodides if the followiag conditions are met: 1. The adsorber section meets the leak-test conditions given in Regulatory Position 5.3 of this guide. 5For the definition of " representative sample," see Appendix A of ASME N509-1989 (Ref. 2). For carbon beds 4 inches or greater in depth, full-depth representa-tive samples should be used in laboratory testing indicated in Table 2; the organic iodide penetration should be determined directly, provided the analy-tical methods used are sufficiently sensitive for this application. Where this is not the case, a lesser depth (e.g., 2-inch) representative sample may be used in laboratory testing. This representative sample may be prepared by dumping a full-depth representative sample into a suitable receptacle, mixing the sample thoroughly, then transferring part of the homogenized mixture into a standard 2-inch (50 mm) depth sample canister. The organic iodide penetra-tion for a full-depth sample can be determined from that obtained for the 2-inch sample according to the relation: Pf = (P ) 2 Where P2 = fractional penetration determined directly for a 2" sample fractional penetration for a full-depth bed P g = equivalent number of 2-inch samples in a full-depth bed (e.g., = n for a 6" bed, n = 3) 15

2. New activated carben meets the performance and physical property specifications given in Regulatory Position 3.7 of this guide, and 3. Representative samples of new or used activated carbon pass the applicable laboratory tests specified in Table 2 of this guide. If the new activated carbon fails to meet any of the above cenditions, it should not be used in adsorbers in ESF atmosphere cleanup systems. 6.4. The activated carbon adsorber section should be replaced with new i l unused activated carbon meeting the performance and physical property specifi-cations of Regulatory Position 3.7 of this guide if (1) testing in accordance 1 1 with Regulatory Positions 6.1 and 6.2, above, results in a representative sample failing to pass the applicable test in Table 2 of this guide, or if (2) no repre-sentative sample is available for testing. Alternative methyl iodide penetra-tion acceptance criteria may be established and used on a case-by-case basis for replacing the activated carbon if justified by trending based on previous labo-ratory test results or established procedures providing for periodic sampling and analysis at frequencies greater than (1) after each 720 hours of system operation and (2) at least once in 18 months for systems maintained in a standby status. In all cases, assurance should be provided that the performance of the adsorption unit is consistent at all times with the iodine removal efficiency assumed in the radiation dose calculations. D. IMPLEMENTATION The purpose of this section is to provide information to applicants and licensees regarding the NRC staff's plans for using this regulatory guide. This proposed revision has been released to encourage public participation in its development. Except in those cases in which an applicant proposes an acceptable alternative method for complying with specified portions of'the Com- ~ mission's regulations, the gridance to be described in the active guide reflect-ing public comments will be used by the NRC staff in its evaluation of the design, testing, and maintenance of postaccident ESF atmosphere cleanup systems for the following light-water-cooled nuclear power plants: 16

1. Plants for which the construction permit application is docketed after the issue date of the final guide; 2. Plants for which the operating license application is docketed 6 months after.the issue date of the final guide; l 3. Plants for which the licensee voluntarily comits to the provisions of the final guide. 17

l e l. [ t . TABLE 1. Typical Accident Conditions.for ESF Atmosphere Cicanup Systems l i Typical Atmosphere Cleanup System Accident Conditions i Outside Primary Containment Inside Primary SGTS or ECCS Fuel Handling or Environmental Parameter Containment' Area Service

Control Building
Pressure surge Result of initial Generally less than inside < 5 inchas water blowdown primary containment gauge j-Maximum pressure 60 psig atmospheric atmospheric

~ ~ j' Maximum temperature of influent ~280'F (~140*C) ~ 180*F (~80*C) ~ 100'F (~40*C) Minimum temperature of influent Specific to plant design ~ 80*F (~30*C)' ~ 70*F (~20'C) [ Maximum relative humidity of 100% plus condensing 100% 70% t f l influent: . moisture o> t b t Average radiation' level For airborne' radioactive' 108 rads /hr 105 rads /hr 105 rads /br. materials t For iodine buildup on adsorber IOS rads 10' rads IOS rads Average airborne iodine concentration

i For elemental todine 100 mg/m 10 mg/m8 8

l 1 mg/m8 For methyl iodide and 10 mg/m3 1 mg/m8 0.1 mg/m3 i particulate iodine 4 i

These are examples of types of facilities for each category of system outside primary containment.

4 bThese values are based on the source tern specified in' Regulatory Guide 1.3 (Ref. 8) or 1.4 (Ref. 9), as applicable. b l i i t

4 l' TABLE 2. Laboratory tests and assigned decontamination efficiencies for new and used F.tivated carbon samples for ESF atmosphere cleanup system units. Laboratory tests are conducted in accor-dance with ASTM D3803-1989 (Ref 5). Tests are conducted at 95% relative humidity, except 70% relative humidity is used when the air entering the carbon adsorber is maintained at 5 70% relative humidity. Test temperature and Total depth of Maximum assigned credit methyl iodide pene-activated carbon cells for activated carbon decon-tration acceptance in adsorber section tamination efficiencies criterion 2 inches. System Elemental iodine 90% 80'C; penetration less designed to operate Organic iodide 30% than 10% inside primary containment. 2 inches. System Elemental iodine 99% 30'C; penetration less designed to operate Organic iodide 95% than 1% outside the primary containment. 4 inches or greater. Elemental iodine 99.8% 30*C; penetration less System designed to Organic iodide 99% than 0.2% operate outside the primary containment. The operating conditions of temperature and relative humidity in Table 2 are based on typic 1 anticipated operating conditions. The established test con-ditions should consider the observations that tests conducted at higher tem-peratures or at lower relative humidities produce lower methyl iodide penetra-tion results. Therefore, to provide a safety margin the plant-specific test temperatures and relative humidities should be representative, respectively, of the lowest and the highest portions of the average of the anticipated plant-specific operating conditions. 1 19

REFERENCES 1. J. Louis Kovach, "The Evclution and Current Stete of Radio Iodine Control," in Proceedings of the 16th DOE Nuclear Air Cle Aino Conference, Held in San Diego, CA, M. W. First, Editor, CONF-801038,3 February 1981. 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, " Nuclear Power Plant Air-Cleaning Units and Components," ASME H509-1989.2 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, " Testing of Nuclear Air-Treatment Systems," ASME N510-1989.2 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, " Code on Nuclear Air and Gas Treatment," ASME/ ANSI AG-1-1988.2 Also see ASME/ ANSI AG-la-1989, Addenda to ASME/ ANSI AG-1-1988. 5. American Society for Testing and Materials, " Standard Test Methods for Nuclear-Grade Activated Carbon," ASTM Standard 03803-1989.a 6. American Society for Testir.g and Materials, " Impregnated Activated Carbon Ui,ed To Remove Gaseous Radioiodines from Gas Streams," ASME D4069-81.8 7. C. A. Burchsted, J. E. Kahn, and A. B. Fuller, " Nuclear Air Cleaning Handbook," Oak Ridge kational Laboratory, ERDA 76-21,1 March 31,1976. 8. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (USNRC), " Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Boiling Water Reactors," Regulatory Guide 1.3,4 Revision 2, June 1974. 9. USNRC, " Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Less of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors," Regulatory Guide 1.4,4 Revision 2, June 1974. 10. USNRC, " Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Fuel Handling Accident in the Fuel Handling and Storage Facility for Boiling and Pressurized Water Reactors," Regulatory Guide 1.25.4 11. USNRC, " Seismic Design Classification," Regulatory Guide 1.29.4 12. USNRC, " Criteria for Safety-Related Electric Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants," Regulatory Guide 1.32.4 2 Copies may be obtained from the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA 22161. 2 Copies may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017. 3 Copies may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. 4 Copies may be obtained from the U.S. Government Printing Office, P.O. Box 37082, Washington, DC 20013-7082. 20

1 1 13. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, " Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations," IEEE Std 2795 (latest edition).

14. USNRC, " Environmental Qualification of Certain Electric Equipment Important to Safety for Nuclear Power Plants," Regulatory Guide 1.89.4

15. USNRC, " Quality Assurance Requirements for the Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Instrumentation and Electric Equipment," Regulatory Guide 1.30.4 16.

USNRC, " Seismic Qualification of Electric and Mechanical Equipment for Nuclear Power Plants," Regulatory Guide 1.100.4 USNRC,"PeriodicTestingofElectricPowerandProtectionSystems," 17. Regulatory Guide 1.118 18. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, "IEEE Standard for Type Tests of Continuous-Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations," IEEE Std 334-1974.5 19. USNRC, "Information Relevant to Ensuring that Occupational Radiation Exposures at Nuclear Power Stations Will Be As Low As Is Reasonab1v Achievable," Regulatory Guide 8.8.4 20. " Filter, Particulate, High-Efficiency, Fire-Resistant," MIL-F-510686 (latest edition), Military Specification. 21. " Filter, Medium, Fi m-Resistant, High Efficiency," MIL-F-510795 (latest edition), Military Specification. 22. " Filter Units, Protective Clothing, Gas-Mask Components and Related Products: Performance-Test Methods," MIL-STD-282,5 Military Standard, May 1956. 5 Copies may be obtained from the Institute of Electrical and E 4ctronics Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017. Scopies may ba obtained from the Naval Publications and Fcems Center, 5801 Tabor Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19120. I 21

ORAFT VALUE/ IMPACT STATEMENT 1. PROPOSED ACTION 1.1 Description Revision 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.52 provides guidance to applicants and licensees on design, testing, and maintenance for postaccident engineered-saft:ty-feature (ESF) atmosphere cleanup systems for light-water-cooled nuclear power plants. This proposed action is to issue Revision 3 to Regulatory Guide 1.52, first as a proposed revision for public comment and then in final form. .1.2 Need Revision 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.52 is the basic clocument used in commercial nuclear power plant technical specifications for the testing of ESF postaccident air-cleaning systems. However, Revision 2, which was issued as an-active guide in March 1978, is considered to be significantly outdated and in error in many significant technical areas. This Revision 3 updates guidance on testing and maintenance of ESF postaccident ai -cleaning sysT. ems and is consis-r tent with present policies, recent standartis revisions in ANSI H509 and N510, new filter system design and testing data, and present licensing practice ' concerning testing and maintenance of ESF air-cleaning systems. 1.3 Value/ Impact 1.3.1 NRC The primary effect of the proposed action on the NRC staff would be to facilitate implementation of current NRC positions with regard to ESF filter system testing and maintenance. It would improve the basis for communication between NRC staff and licei.wres and would reduce staff effort that might other-wise be spent answering questions.about acceptable means for testing ESF filter systems. 22

i, k' -1.3.2L Other Government Agencies The principal-effect on other Government agencies would be to' inform them Lof NRC's policies on ESE filter system testing and maintenance. - Department of-Energy'(00E) review would be useful, because one of the areas addressed by the revision is HEPA filter system testing at DOE test facilities.

1. 3. 3 Industry The guide will be.useful to industry because it will notify them in=a con-sistent manner of. changes in ESF filter system testing and. maintenance provi-sions1and will-thus promote understanding of' current NRC positions and prevent any unnecessary costs being applied to meet a provision no longer recommended by the NRC staff.

None of.the changes is expected to impose significant additional burdens on applicants or licensees. Some of the changs may relax certain guide 3 positions but without compromise to safety, thereby reducing cost and effort. Any costs associated with the revised positions related to testing and mainte-naqce of new and used charcoal would-be limited but unavoidable, because the Lexisting criteria are based on obsolete methods for radiciodine testing of activated charcoal. 1.34. Public The: proposed action will enhance the protection of the public health and safety by.providing that'postaccident ESF filter systems will be-tested and maintained.in'accordance with:up-to-date technical information and NRC-positions. 2. XCHNICALAPPROACH Major technical questions related'to ESF filter system design, testing, and maintenance were considered in developing the previous revisions of Regulatory. Guide 1.52.- Revision 3 will address endorsement of ASME H509-1989, " Nuclear-Power Plant Air-Cleaning Units and Components," and ASME N510-1989, " Testing of Huclear Air-Treatment Systems"; radiciodine testing of activated carbon adsorber materials; quality assurance aspects of HEPA filter manufacturing,'-installation, and testing; use of 00P as a test aerosol for in place leak testing of HEPA filters; and limitation of the volumetric air flow rate of single filter trains. g 23 ~

3,.

PROCEDURAL APPROACH 3.1 Procedural Alternatives NRC procedures that may be used for making this information available include the-following: Regulation NUREG-series report Branch position paper Regulatory guide A regulation is not suitable for incorporating the degree of detail pre-sented in this guide. As regulatory positions are stated, it would be inappro-priate to publish this material as a NUREG-series report. Brach technical positions (BTP) are sometimes prepared for specific guidance, however, it would I be most appropriate to update Regulatory Guide 1.52 and prepare clear regulatory guidance for licensees ar.d applicants. 3.2 Decision on Procedural Approach A revision to the regulatory guide should be prepared. 4.- STATUTORY CONSIDERATIONS 4.1 N_RC-Author,i_ty t Authority for the proposed action is derived from the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and the Energy Reorganization Act of:1974, as amended, and implemented through the Commission's regulations. 4.2 Need for NEPA Assessment Issuance or amendment of guides for the implementation of regulations in Title 10, Chapter I,.of.the Code of Federal Regulations is a categorical exclu-sion under paragraph 51.22(c)(16) of 10 CFR Part 51.- Thus, an environmental impact statement or assessment is not required for this action. 24

f l.. 5. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER EXISTING OR PROPOSED REGULATIONS OR POLICIES This guide was developed in support of General Design Criteria 41, 42, 43, and 61 of Appendix A " General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants," to 10 CFR Part 50. These criteria require that containment atmosphere cleanup systems be provided as necessary, be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection and testing, and be designed to reduce the amount of radioactive material released to the environment 1ollowing a postulated design basis accident. 6, CONCLUSIONS Revision 3 of Regulatory Guide 1,52 should be issued to update the current staff positions and to inform its users of the current staff positions. 25

....r / 't 'U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION March 1991 [ %by # jo. - OFFICE OF NUCLEAR _ REGULATORY RESEARCH V o\\ ~ .f DRAFT REGULATORY GUIDE

Contact:

C.W. Nilsen (301) 492-38 1_ I D .2-l3 4/ ~ DRAFT REGULATORY GUIDE DG-1014 PROPOSED REVISION 2 TO REGULATORY GUIDE 1.140 DESIGN, TESTING, AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA FOR NORMAL VENTILATION EXHAUST SYSTEM AIR FILTRATION AND A050RPTION UNITS OF LIGHT-WATER-COOLED NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS A. INTRODUCTION General Design Criteria _60 and 61 of Appendix A, " General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants," to 10 CFR Part 50, " Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities," require that filtering systems included in the nuclear power unit design' suitably control the release of radioactive materials in gaseous effluents during normal reactor operation, including anticipated j operational occurrences and fuel storage and handling operations. In addition, j 10 CFR 50.34a, " Design Objectives for Equipment To Control Releases o' kadioac-tive Material in Effluents--Nuclear Power Reactors, and 10 CFR 50.36a, " Tech-nical Specifications on Effluents from Nuclear Power Reactors," of 10 CFR Part =50 require-that means be employed to~ ensure that release of radioactive materi-1 -al_to unrestricted areas during normal reactor operation, including expected operational-occurrences, is kept as lo.t as is reasonably achievable. Appendix I, "Nu.serical Guides for Design Objectives and Limiting Condi-tions for Operation To Meet the _ Criterion 'As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable' for Radioactive Material in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Effluents," to 10 CFR.Part 50 provides guidance'and numerical values.for design objectives to help applicants for, and holders of, licenses for nuclear power plants meet the requirements of 10 CFR 50.34a and 50.36a. Appendix I requires that each = light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor unit not exceed an annual dose design This regulatory guide is being issued in.oraf t form to involve the puolic in the early stages of the develop-ment of a regulatory position in this area. It has not received complete staff review and does not represent an of ficial NRC staff position. Pubitt coenents are being solicited on the draf t guice (including any implementation schedule) and its associ-ated regulatory analysis or value/ impact statement. Cospents should be accompanied by appropriate supporting data. Written cossnents may be submitted to the Regulatory Publications Branch. OFIPS. Office of Administra-tion. U.S. hoclear Regulatory Commission. Washington, CC 20555 Copfes of ccaments received may be eaamined at the hRC Pubile Document Room, 2120 L street NW., Washington, DC. Coments will be most helpful if reCelved by Requests for single copies of draft guides (which may be reproduced) or for placement on an automatic distri-bution list for single coptes of future draft guides in specific divisions should be made in writing to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington. DC 20555, Rttention: Suppert Services. Director. Olvision of Inforwatton

[7[ l objective of 15 mrem to any organ of any individual in an unrestricted area via all exposure pathways from airborne radioactive iodine and particulate releases. Appendix I also requires that additional radwaste equipment be provided if the equipment has reasonably demonstrated technology and the cost-benefit ratio is favorable. This guide presents methods acceptable to the NRC staff for implementing the Commission's regulations in 10 CFR Part 50 and in Appendices A and I to 10 CFR Part 50 with regard to the design, testing, and maintenance criteria for air filtration and adsorption units installed in the normal ventilation exhaust systems of light-water-cooled nuclear power plants. This guide applies only to atmospNre cleanup systems designed to collect airborne radioactive materials during normal plant operation, including anticipated operational occurrences. An atmosphere cleanup system installed in a normal ventilation exhaust system consists of some or all of the following components: heaters or cooling coils used in conjunction with heaters, prefilters, high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters, iodine adsorption units, fans, and associated ductwork, damp-ers, and instrumentation. The instrumentation covered by this guide is that used to measure air flow and differential pressure. This guide does not apply to postaccident engineered-safety-feature atmos" phere cleanup systems that are designed to mitigate the consequences of postu-lated accidents. Revision 3 to Regulatory Guide 1.52, " Design, Testing, and Maintenance Criteria for Postaccident Engineered-Safety-Feature Atmosphere Cleanup System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants" (DG-1013), is being developed to provide guidance for these systems. Any information collection activities mentioned in this drsft regulatory guide are contained as requirements in 10 CFR Part 50, which provides the regu-latory basis for this guide. The information collection requirements in 10 CFR Part 50 have been cleared under OMB Clearance No. 3150-0011, 4 B. DISCUSSION Particulate filtration and radioiodine adsorption units are included in the design of the ventilation exhaust systems of light-water cooled nuclear power plants to reduce the quantities of radioactive materials in gaseous efflu-ents released from building or containment atmospheres during normal operation, l 2

l including anticipated operational occurrences. All such cleanup systems should be designed to operate continuously under normal environmental conditions. In this guide, cleanup systems that should operate to meet the "as low as is reasonably achievable" guidelines of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50 inside the primary containment (recirculating units) are designated as " primary systems." Primary systems generally include a containment cleanup system (kidney filtra-tion system). Systems that operate outside primary containment are designated as " secondary systems." Secondary systems generally include cleanup systems installed in the ventilation exhaust systems for the reactor building, turbine t lilding, radwaste building, auxiliary building, mechanicai vacuum pump, main condenser air ejector, and any other release points that may contain particu-lates and gaseous radioiodine species. In some instances, filtration equipment installed in a postaccident hydrogen purge exhaust system may be designed to the recommendations of this guide, e.g., where a removal efficiency of 90% or less for radiciodine species is sufficient for the hydrogen purge exhaust sys-tem when the sum of the calculated loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA) dose and the post-LOCA hydrogen purge dose is less than the guideline values of 10 CFR Part 100. Normal environmental conditions that these atmosphere cleanup systems should withstand are inlet concentrations of radioactive iodine up to 10-0 3 pCi/cm, relative humidity of the influent stream up to 100%, temperatures of theinfluentstreamupto125F(52*C),andnormalatmosphe/icpressure. The system should be designed, tested, and maintained in such a manner that radia-tion levels of airborne radioactive material and radiciodine buildup on the adsorber do not degrade the performance of the filter system or any component. Atmosphere cleanup system heaters are designed to heat the influent stream to reduce its relative humidity before it reaches the filters and adsorbers. HEPA filters are installed to remove particulate matter, which may be radioac-tive, and pass the air stream to the adsorber. The adsorber r e ver gaseous iodine (elemental iodine and organic iodides) from the air stre u. HEP'A fil-ters downstream of the adsorber units collect carbon fines and provide redun-dant protection against particulate release in case of failure of the upstream HEPA filter bank. The fan is the final item in an atmosphere cleanup system. Consideration should be given to installing prefilters upstream of the HEPA filters to reduce the particulate load and extend their service life. The environmental history will affect the performance of the atmosphere l cleanup system. Industrial contaminants, pollutants, temperature, and relative 3

9 humidity contribute to the aging and weathering of filters and adsorbers and i reduce their capability to perform their intended functions. Therefore, aging, weathering, and poisoning of these components, which may vary from site to site, need to be considered during design and operation. Average temperature and relative humidity also vary from site to. site, and the potential buildup of moisture in the adsorber warrants equal design consideration. The effects of these factors on the atmosphere cleanup system can be determined by scheduled testing. All components of the atmosphere cleanup system installed in normal venti-lation exhaust systems need to be designed for reliable performance under the expscted operating conditions.. Initial testing and proper maintenance are pri-mary factors in ensuring the reliability of the system. Careful attention during the design phase to problems of system maintenance can contribute significantly to the reliability of the system by increasing the ease of such maintenance. Of particular importance in the design is a layout that provides accessibility and sufficient working space so that the required functions can be performed safely. Per'adic testing during operation to verify the efficiency of the components is .another important means of ensuring reliability. Built-in features that will facilitate convenient in place testing are important in system design. Standards for the design and testing of atmosphere cleanup systems include ASME N509-1989, " Nuclear Power Plant Air-Cleaning Units and Consponents" (Ref.1), and ASME N510-1989, " Testing of Nuclear Air-Treatment Systems" (Ref. 2). Other standards are available for the construction and testing of certain components of systems. If such standards are acceptable to the NRC staff, they are referenced in this guide. If no suitable standard exists, acceptable ap-proaches are presented in this guide. ERDA 76-21, " Nuclear Air Cleaning Hand-book" (Ref. 3), provides a comprehensive review of air filtration systems. It is not a standard but a guide that discusses a number of acceptable design alternatives. Not all the documents mentioned in ASME H509-1989 (Ref.1), ASME NS10-1989 (Ref. 2), or other standards referenced in this guide have been the subject of an evaluation by the NRC staff as to their applicability or acceptability. The specific applicability or acceptability of these listed documents, as well as documents listed in other standards referenced in this guide, has been or will be covered separately in other regulatory guides, if appropriate. These stan-dards are to be used in a manner consistent with regulatory practice. 4

y C. REGULATORY POSITION ' 1.- ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN CRITERIA 1.1.'-- The design of eadh atmosphere cleanup system installed in a normal ventilation exhaust system should be based on_the anticipated range of operat-ing parameters of temperature, pressure, relative humidity, and' radiation levels.- 1.2. If_ the atmosphere cleanup system is-locatec in an area of.high radia-tion during normal _ plant operation, adequate shielding of components and per-sonnel from the radiation source should be provided. 1.3. The operation of any atmosphere cleanup system in a normal ventila-tion exhaust; system should not degrade the expected operation-of any engineered-safety-feature" system that~must operate after.a design basis accident. 1.4 The design of the atmosphere cleanup' system should consider any sig-lnificant' contaminants. such as ' dusts, chemicals, or other particulate matter t

that could degrade the_ cleanup system's operation.

'2l SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA '2.1. Atmosphere cleanup systems installed-in normal ventilation exhaust systees-need not be. redundant-nor des.igned to seismic Category I classifica-tion, but'should consist of the following sequential components:- (1) HEPA fil- < ters before the adsorbers, ~(2)' iodine adsorbers-(impregnated ' activated carbon), ~ (3)lfans,:and (4); interspersed ducts, dampers,'and related. instrumentation. If- 'it is~ desired to reduce the particulate load on the HEPA filters.and extend- - their service life, the installation of prefilters upstream of the initial HEPA-section'is suggested. Consideration should also _be given to the installation .offa HEPA filter section downstream of carbon adsorbers to retain carbon fines. -Heaters or cooling coils used in conjunction with heaters should be used when tthe humidi_ty is.to be controlled before filtration. Whenever an atmosphere-i -cleanup system is designed to remove only particulate matter, a component for iodine adsorption need not be included.

2.. - To ensure reliable in place testing, the volumetric air flow rate of -

J e ca' single cleanup unit should be limited to approximately 50,000 ft / min. If a 3 total = system air flow in excess of this rate is required, multiple unitt, should -be used.- t 5 e + +

2. 3.

Each atmosphere cleanup system should be instrumented to monitor and I alarm pertinent pressure drops and flow rates in accordance with the recommen-dations of Section 5.6 of ERDA 76-21 (Ref. 3). 2.4 To maintain the radiation exposure to operating and maintenance personnel as low as is reasonably achievable, atmosphere cleanup systems and components should be designed to control leakage and facilitate maintenance, inspection, and testing in accordance with the guidance in Regulatory Guide 8.8, "Information Relevant to Ensuring that Occupational Radiation Exposures at Nuclear Power Stations Will Be As Low As Is Reasonable Achievable" (Ref. 4).

2. 5.

Outdoor air intake openings should be equipped with louvers, grills, screens, or similar protective devices to minimize the effects of high kinds, rain, snow, ice, trash, and other contaminants on the operation of the system. If the atmosphere currounding the plant could contain significant environmental contaminants, such as dusts and residues from smoke-cleanup systems from adja-cent coal burning power plants or industry, the design of the system should consider these contaminants and prevent them from affecting the operation of any atmospnere cleanup system. 2.6. Atmosphere cleanup system housings and ductwork, as defined in Section 3 of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 1), should be designed to exhibit on test a maximum total leakage rate as defined in Section 4.14 of ASME H509-1989. Duct and housing leak tests should be performed in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of ASME N510-1989 (Ref. 2). 3. COMPONENT DESIGN CRITERIA AND QUALIFICATION TESTING 3.1. Adsorption units function efficiently at a relative humidity of 70% or less. If the relative humidity of the atmosphere entering the air cleanup system is expected to be greater than 70% during normal reactor operation, heaters or cooling coils used in conjunction with heaters should be designed to reduce the relative humidity of the adsorption unit entering atmosphere to 70% or less. Heaters should be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section 5.5 of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 1) exclusive of sizing criteria. 3.2. The HEPA filters should be designed, constructed, and tested in ac-cordance with the requirements of Section 5.1 of ASME N509-1989 (Ref. 1). Each HEPA filter should be tested for penetration of dioctyl phthalate (DOP) in ac-cordance with the provisions of MIL-F-51068 (Ref. 5) and MIL-STD-282 (Ref. 6). 1 l 6

3.3. Filter and adsorber mounting frames should be designed and con-structed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.6.3 of ASME N509-1989 (Ref. 1). 3.4. Filter and adsorber sections should be arranged in accordance with the recommendations of Section 4.7 of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 1) and Section 4.4 of ERDA 76-21 (Ref. 3). 3.5. System filter housings, including floors and doors, and electrical conduits, drains, and piping installed inside filter housings should be de-signed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.6 of ASME N509-1989 (Ref. 1). 3.6. Ductwork associated with the atmosphere cleanup system should be de-signed, constructed, and tested in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10 of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 1). 3.7. The adsorber section of the atmosphere cleanup system may contain any adsorbent material demonstrated to remove gaseous iodine (elemental iodine and organic iodides) from air at the required efficiency. Since impregnated acti-vated carbon is commonly used, it is the only adsorbent discussed in this guide. Each original or replacement batch of impregnated activated ca.rbon used in the adsorber section should meet the qualification and batch test results summa-rized in Table 1 of this guide. If an adsorbent other than impregnated activated carbon is proposed or if the mesh size distribution is different from the specifications in Table 1, the proposed adsorbent should have demonstrated the capability to perform as well as or better than activated carbon in satisfying the specifications in Table 1. If impregnated activated carbon is used as the adsorbent, the adsorber system should be designed for an average atmosphere residence time of at least 0.25 second per 2 inches of adsorbent bed. 3.8. Adsorber cells should be designed, constructed, and tested in accor-dance with the requirements of Section 5.2 of ASME N509-1989 (Ref. 1). 3.9. The system fan and motor, mounting, and ductwork connections should be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with the requirements of Sections 5.7 and 5.8 of ASME N509-1989 (Ref. 1). 3.10. The fan and motor used in the atmosphere cleanup system should be capable of operating under the environmental conditions postulated for its use. 3.11. Ducts and housings should be laid out with a minimum of ledges, pro-trusions, and crevices that could collect dust and moisture and that could im-pede personnel or create a hazard to them in the performance of their work. 7

F Turning vanes or other air flow distribution devices should be installed where required to ensure representative air flow measurement and uniform flow distri-bution through cleanup components. 3.12. Dampers should be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance f with the provisions of Section 5.9 of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 1). 3.13. If prefilters are used in the atmosphere cleanup system, they should be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with the provisions of Sec-tion 5.3 of ASME N509-1989 (Ref. 1). 4. MAINTENANCE 4.1. Accessibility of components and maintenance should be considered in the design of atmosphere cleanup systems in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3.8 c' ERDA 76-21 (Ref. 3) and Section 4.8 of ASME N509-1989 (Ref. 1). 4.2. For case of inspection and maintenance with minimum danger of damage to the system, its design should provide for a minimum of 3 feet clear access space in each compartment after allowing for the compones dimension itself and the maximum length of the component during changeout. 4.3. The system design should provide for permanent test probes with ex-ternal connections in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.13 of ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 1). 4.4. The cleanup components (e.g., HEPA filters and adsorbers) should be installed after construction is completed. 5. IN-PLACE TESTING CRITERIA 5.1. A visual inspection, in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 of ASME N510-1989 (Ref. 2), of the atmosphere cleanup system and all associated components should be made before each in place airflow distribution test, 00P (dioetyl phthalate) test, or activated carbon adsorber section leak test. 5.2. The airflow distribution to the HEPA filters-and iodine adsorbers should be tested in place for uniformity both initially and af ter maintenance affecting the flow distribution. The distribution should be within 120% of the average flow per unit when tested in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 of " Industrial Ventilation" (Ref. 7) and Section 8 of ASME N510-1989 (Ref. 2). 8

m

5. 3.

The in place DOP test for HEPA filters should conform to Section 10 of ASME N510-1989 (Ref. 2). HEPA filter sections should be tested in place initially and at intervals of approximately 18 months thereafter. The HEPA filter bank upstream of the adsorber section should also be tested following painting,-fire, or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the system in such a manner that the HEPA filter section could become adversely { affected by the fumes, chemicals, or foreign materials. 00P penetration tests .j of all HEPA filter banks should confirm a penetration of less than 0.05% at rated flow. A filtration system satisfying this condition can be considered to warrant a 99% removal efficiency for particulates. HEPA filters that fail to satisfy the in place test criteria should be replaced with filters qualified pursuant to Regulatory Position 3.3 of this guide. If the HEPA filter section I is entirely or only partially replaced, an in place DOP test should be conducted. If any welding repairs are necessary on, within, or adjacent to the ducts, housing, or mounting frames, the filters and adsorbers should be removed from the housing during such repairs. These repairs should be completed prior to periodic testing, filter inspection, and in place testing. The use of tem-porary patching material on filters, housing, mounting frames, or ducts should not be allowed. 5.4 The activated carbon adsorber section should be leak-tested with a gaseous halogenated hydrocarbon refrigerant in accordance with Section 11 of ASME N510-1989 (Ref. 2) to ensure that bypass leakage through the adsorber sec-tion is less than 0.05%. Adsorber leak testing should be conducted (1) ini-tially -(2) at intervals of approximately 18 months thereafter, (3) following - removal of an adsorber sample for laboratory testing if the integrity of the adsorber section is affected, and (4) following painting, fire, or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the system in such a manner that the charcoal adsorber section could become aoversely affected by the fumes, chemicals, or foreign materials.

6. -LABORATORY TESTING CRITERIA FOR ACTIVATED CARBON 6.1.

The activated carbon adsorber section of the atmosphere cleanup sys-tem should be assigned the decontamination efficiencies given in Table 2 for radiciodine if the following conditions are met: 9

l 1. The adsorber section meets the conditions given in Regulatory Post- ) tion 5.4 of this guide, 2. New activated carbon meets the physical property specifications given I in Table 1, and -l 3. Representative samples of used activated carbon pass the laboratory tests given in Table 2. If the activated carbon fails to meet any of the above conditions, it k should not be used in adsorption units. 6.2. The efficiency of the activated carbon adsorber section should be determined by laboratory testing of representative samples of the activated carbon exposed simultaneously to the same service conditions as the adsorber section. Each representative sample should be not less than 2 inches in both length and diameter, and each sample should have the same qualification and batch test characteristics as the system adsorbent. There should be a suffi-cient number of representative samples located in parallel with the adsorber section to estimate the amount of penetration of the system adsorbent through-out its service life. The design of the samplers should be in accordance with the provisions of Appendix A to ASME H509-1989 (Ref. 1). Where the system ac-tivated carbon is greater than 2 inches deep, each representative sampling sta-tion should consist of enough 2-inch samples in series to equal the thickness of the system adsorbent. Once representative. samples are removed for labora-tory testing, their positions in the sampling array should be blocked off. Sampling and analysis should be performed.(1) initially, (2) at intervals of approximately 18 months thereafter, (3) following~ painting, fire, or chemi-- . cal release in any ventilation zone communicating with the system, whether the system was in operation or not, and the adsorbent could thereby have deterio-rated or been loaded to the extent that the adsorber efficiency would be unac-ceptable, and (4) following detection of, or evidence of, penetration of water or other foreign material into any portion of the filter system. 1.aboratory tests of representative samples should be conducted, as indi-cated in Table 2 of this guide, with the test gas flow in the same direction as the flow during service conditions. Similar laboratory tests should be per-formed on an adsorbent sample before loading into the adsorbers to establish an initial point for comparison of future test results. The activated carbon adsorber section should be replaced with new unused activated carbon meeting 10

r4 f the physical property specifications of Table 1 if (1) testing in accordance with Table 2 results in a representative sample failing to pass the applicable test _ in Table 2 or (2) no representative sample is available for testing. D. IMPLEMENTATION The purpose of this section is to provide information to applicants and licensees regarding the NRC staff's plans for using this regulatory guide. This proposed revision has been released to encourage public participation in its development. Except in those cases in which an applicant proposes an acceptable alternative method for complying with specified portions of the Com-mission's regulations, the guidance to be described in the active guide re- -flecting public coments will be-used by the NRC staff in its evaluation of - the design, testing, and maintenance of air filtration and adsorption units in normsl exhaust systems for the following light-water-cooled nuclear power plants: 1. Plants for which the construction permit application is docketed after.the issue date of the final guide; 2. Plants for which the operating license application is docketed 6 months after the issue date of the final guide; -3. Plants for which the licensee voluntarily' commits to the provisions. of this guide. I 11

~_ c.: 1 1'. c 1 TABLE 1-s PHYSICAgPROPERTIESOFNEWACTIVATEDCARBON BATCH TESTS. TO BE PERFORMED ON FINISHED-ADSORBENT. Acceptable = Test Test Method Acceptable Results 1. Particle size distribution ASTM D2862 (Ref. 8) Retained on #6 Sieve: 0.0% Retained on #8 Sieve: 5.0% max. . Through #8, retained on #12-l Steve: 40% to 60%. Through #12, retained on #16 o Steve:- 40% to 60% ~ Thrcugh-#16 Sieve: 5.0% max. Through #18 Sieve: 1.05 max. 4' (Ref. 9)- "2. Hardness number ROT M16-IT, Appendix C -(Ref. 10) 95 minimum 13. Ignition temperature RDT M16-IT, Appendix C b (Ref. 10); 330*C. minimum at 100 fpm 4; LCCli< Activity CC1 Activity, ROT 4 M16-IT, Appendix _C -(Ref. 10)c 60 minimum ' 5.- Radiciodine removal Lefficiency

a.D Elemental' iodine, RDT M16-IT (Ref. 10),

99.5% -25'C and 95%.1 para. 4.5.1, except frelative-humidity 95% relative humidity air is required-- 'b.)-Methyl iodide, 25*C RDT:M16-IT (Ref. 10), 95% and 95% relative _ para. 4.5.3, except- - humi di ty'- 95% rolative. humidity -air is required

6.. Bulk density,

' ASTM D2854 (Ref.11): 10.38 g/mi minimum ' X ilmpregnant content' LState procedure- .Statettype (r.si. to. exceed t 5% by weight). s a " batch test"fis' at test made on a production' batch of a product to establish suita-A bility foria specific application.: A " batch of activated carbon" is a-quantity of: g' ccaterialcof!the same' grade, type, Land series that has been homogenized _to exhibit,, lwithin: reasonable; tolerance,ithe<same performance and physical! characteristics and fo.r which the manufacturer can demonstrate by acceptable tests and quality l control Lpractices such uniformity. -L All. material in the same batch should be: activated, im > ipregnated, and otherwise treated under the same ' process' conditions:and procedures Lin the:same process Jequipment and -should be produced under the same. manufacturing - +elease.an' instructions.C Material' produced in the same charge of batch equipment d constitutes a batch;lmaterial produced in different charges of the same batch equip-ment should be-included in:the same batch only if it can be homogenized as above.- The. maximum' batch size should:bei350 fts of activated carbon. ~bTh k test should be; performed on base material. 4 f 12. +.. + n s v ,--,---,r-a e-y e -n',- y q q

i TABLE 2 Laboratory tests and assigned decontamination efficiencies for new and used activated carbon samples for normal ventilation system atmosphere cleanup system units. Laboratory tests are condutted in accordance with ASTM 03803-1989 (Ref. 12). Tests are conducted at 95% relative humidity, except 70% relative hu-midity is used when the air entering the carbon adsorber is maintained at 5 70% relative humidity. Maximum assigned credit Test temperature and Total depth of for activated carbon radio-methyl iodide pene-activated carbon cells iodine decontamination tration acceptance in adsorber section efficiencies criterion 2 inches. System 90% 80*C; penetration less designed to operate than 10% inside primary containment. 2 inches. System 70% 30'C; penetration less designed to operate than 30% outside the primary containment. 4 inches. System 90% 30*C; penetration less designed to operate than 10% outside the primary containment. 6 inches. System 99% 30'C; penetration less designed to operate than 1% outside_ primary containment. Ti,e established test conditions should consider the observations that tests conducted at higher temperatures or at lower relative humidities produce lower methyl iodide penetration results. Therefore, to provide a safety margin the plant-specific test temperatures and relative humidities should be representa-tive, respectively, of the lowest and the highest portions of the average of the anticipated plant-specific operating conditions. 13

= ' REFERENCES 1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, " Nuclear Power Plant Air-Cleaning Units and Components," ASME N509-1989.2 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, " Testing of Nuclear Air-Treatment-Systems," ASME N510-1989.1 3. C. A. Burchsted, J. E. Kahn, and A. B. Fuller, " Nuclear Air Cleaning Mand-book," ERDA 76-21,2 Oak Ridge National Laboratory, March 31, 1976. -4. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Information Relevant to Ensuring that Occupational Radiation Exposures at Nuclear Power Stations Will Be As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable," Regulatory Guide 8.8.8 5. " Filter, Particulate, High-Efficiency, Fire-Resistant," MIL-F-51068,4 (latest edition), Military-Specification. 6. " Filter Units, Protective Clothing, Gas-Mask Components and Related Prod-ucts: Performance-Test Methods," MIL-STD-282,4 Military Standard, May 28, 1956. 7. American Conference of. Governmental Industrial Hygienists, " Industrial Ventilation," 14th Edition, 1976, Committee on Industrial Ventilation, P.O. Box 453, Lansing, Mich. 48902. .8. American Society for Testing and Materials, " Test for Particle Size Distribution of Granulated Activated Carbon," ASTM D2862-70.5 9. American Society for Testing and Materials,5" Specifications for Wire Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes," ASTM E11-70.

10. RDT Standard M16-IT, " Gas-Phase Adsorbents for Trapping Radioactive Iodine and Iodine-Compounds," USAEC Division of Reactor Research and Development, October 1973, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830, 2 Copies may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, United Engineering. Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017.

2 Copies may be obtained from the National Technical Information Service, Springfield,.VA 22161. '8 Copies may be obtained from the U.S. Government Printing Office, P.O. Box 37082, Washington, DC 20013-7082. 4 Copies may be obtained from the Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Ave,, Philadelphia, PA 19120. 5 Copies may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street. Philadelphia, Penn. 19103. 14

E i 4 j t . i

11. American Society for Testing and Materials, " Test for Apparent Density of' Activated Carbon," ASTM D2854-70.5 i

.12. American Society for Testing and Materials, " Standard Test Methods for i Nuclear-Grade' Activated Carbon," ASTM 03803-1989.5 i 4 1 h I 'F --5 Copies may be obtained from the American Society-for Testing and Materials, L 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penn. 19103. 15 - r

~ t DRAFT VALUE/ IMPACT STATEMENT 1. PROPOSED ACTION 1.11 Description Regulatory-Guide 1.140 provides guidance to applicants and licensees on design,. testing, and maintenance for normal atmosphere cleanup' systems for 4 light water cooled nuclear power plants. - This proposed action is to issue a Revision 2 to Regulatory Guide 1.140 to update its guidance.

1. 2 z heed At present Revision 1;to Regulatory Guide 1.140 is the basic document used.in. commercial nucleaIpAwer: plants for the testing of normal _ air-cleaning;

^^ systems. : Revision'1 was: issued as an active guide in October 1979 and is con-sidered to b;e significantly outdated and in error in many significant technical-- ' areas. This ; proposed -revision 2 updates guidance on testing and maintenance of y normal air; cleaning systems-to be consistent with present policies,'recent re- - visions-in ANSI: Standards N509 and:N510, new filter system. design and. testing-data,-and-present licensing practice concerning testing and maintenance of nor-mal air cleaning systems. 1.3! Value/ Impact 13.-1 NRC LThe. primary effect ofc the proposed action on the NRC staff.would be to facilitate implementation of current NRCf positions with regard to normal filter-1 . system testing and~ maintenance._-It-would improve thc. basis for communication - between the NRC staff-and. licensees and would reduce staff effort that might - otherwise be spent. answering questions about acceptable means for testing fil-ter. systems. 16 c.

.v i 1.3.2 Other Government' Agencies - The principal effect on other Government agencies would be to inform them of NRC's policies on filter system testing and maintenance. Department of En-ergy (DOE) review would be useful because one of the areas addressed by the revision is HEPA filter system testing at DOE test facilities. 1.3.3 Industry The guide will be useful to industry because it will advise of changes in normal ventilation system testin0 and maintenance provisions and will thus pro-mote understanding of current NRC pcsitions and prevent any unnecessary costs being applied to meet provisions no' longer recommended by the NRC staff. None of the changes is expected to impose significant additional burdens on appli-cants or licensees. Some of the changes may relax certain guide positions but without compromise to safety, thereby reducing cost and effort. Any potential costs associated with the revised positions related to testing and maintenance of new and used charcoal would be limited but unavoidable, because the existing criteria are based on obsolete methods for radioiodine testing of activated . charcoal. 1.34 Public-The proposed action will enhance the protection of the public health and safety by providing that normal ventilation systems will be tested and main- -tained in accordance with up-to-date technical information and NRC positions. 2. TECHNICAL APPROACH Hajor technical questions.related to normal ventilation system design, testing, and maintenance were considered in developing the previous versions-of Regulatory Guide 1.140. Revision 2 will address endorsement of ASME H509-1989, " Nuclear Power Plant Air-Cleaning Units and Components," and ASME N510-1989, " Testing of Nuclear Air-Treatment Systems"; radiciodine testing of activated carbon adsorber materials; quality assurance aspects of HEPA filter manufactur-ing, installation, and testing; use of 00P as a test aerosol for in place leak testing of HEPA filters; and limitation of the volumetric air flow rate of single-filter. trains. 17

3. PROCEDURAL APPROACH 3.1 Procedural Alternatives NRC procedures that may be used for making this information available in-clude the following: Regulation NUREG-series report Branch position-paper Regulatory guide A regulation is not suitable for incorporating the degree of detail pre-sented-in'this guide. As regulatory positions are stated, it would be inappro-priate to publish this material as a NUREG-series report. Branch technical positions (BTP) are sometimes prepared for specific guidance, however, it would be most appropriate to update Regulatory Guide.1.140 and prepare clear regula-tory guidance.for licensees:and applicants. 3.2 ' Decision on Procedural Approach A revision to Regulatory Guide 1.140 should be prepared. 4. STATUTORY CONSIDERATIONS 4.1-NRC Authority-Authority for_the proposed action is' derived from the Atomic Energy Act of 1954,'as amended, and the Energy Roorganization Act of 1974, as amended,.and implemented through the Commission's regulations. 4.2 Need for NEPA Assessment Issuance or amendment of guides _ for the implementation of regulations in Title 10, Chapter I, of the Code of _ Federal Regulations is a categorical exclusion under paragraph 51.22(c)(16) of 10 CFR Part 51. Thus, an environmen-tal impact statement or assessment is not required for this action. 18

x x ~ 5. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER-EXISTING OR PROPOSED REGULATIONS OR POLICIES General: Design Criteria 60 and 61 of Appendix A, " General Design Criteria for Nuclear _ Power Plants," to 10 CFR Part 50, " Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities," require that filtering systems be included in the nuclear power unit design to suitably control the release of radioactive mate-rials in gaseous effluents during normal reactor operation, including antici-pated operational occurrences and fuel storage and handling operations. In addition, 10 CFR 50.34a, " Design Objectives for Equipment To Control Releases -l of Radioactive Material in Effluents--Nuclear Power Reactors," and 10 CFR 50.36a, " Technical-Specifications on Effluents from Nuclear Power Reactors," of 10 CFR Part 50 require that means be employed to ensure that release of radio-active material to unrestricted areas during normal reactor operation, includ-ing expected operational occurrences, is kept as low as is reasonably achievable. i 1 1 6. CONCLUSIONS Revision ~2 of Regulatory Guide 1.140 should be issued to update the cur-rent staff positions and to inform its users of the current staff positions. t 4 19

N U REG.0800 (Formerly NUREG.75/087) 3 s * *tcy s g / I U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION i@% STANDARD REVIEW PLAN k.v OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION e e ee 6.S.1 ESF ATMOSPHERE CLEANUP SYSTEMS REVIEW RESPONSIBILITIES Primary - Plant Systems Branch (SPLB) Secondary - Radiation Protection Branch (PRPB) 1. AREAS OF REVIEW At'the construction permit (CP) stage of review, SPLB reviews the information in the applicant's safety analysis report (SAR) in the areas listed below. At the operating license (OL) state, the SPLB review consists of confirming the design accepted at the CP stage and evaluating the adequacy of the applicant's technical specifications in these areas. The specific SPLB review areas are as follows: 1. The engineered safety feature (ESF) atmosphere cleanup systems designed for fission product removal in post-accident environments. These generally include primary systems, such as in-containment recirculation, and secondary systems, such as standby gas treatment systems and emergency or post acci-dent air cleaning systems for the fuel handling building, control room, shield building and areas containing engineered safety feature components. 2. -The system design, design objectives and design criteria. The SPLB reviews the methods of operation and the factors that could' influence the filtration capabilities of the system, e.g., system interfaces and potential bypass routes.- The components included in each atmospheric cleanup system and the seismic design category of each system are reviewed. Redundancy of the atmosphere cleanup systems, the physical separation of the redundant trains, and the volumetric air flow rate of each train are reviewed. 3. The environmental design criteria, the design pressure and pressure differential, relative humidity, maximum and minimum and temperature, and radiation source term. Rev. 3 - December 1990 USNRC STANDARD REVIEW PLAN Star.dard review plans are prepared for the guidance of the Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation staff responsible for the review of ' appl + cations to construct and operate nuclear power plants. These documents are made avail?ble to the public as part of the Commrssion's polecy to inform the nuclear endustry and the general public of regulatory procedsres and polic,es. Standard rev.ew plans are not substitutes for regulatory guides or the Commission's regulations and complie7ce with them is not required. The standard review plan sections are keyed to the standard Formet and Content of Safety Anatyres Reports f or Nuclear Power Plants. Not all sections of the Standard Format have e corresponding review plan. leshed standard review plans will be revised periodically, as appropriata, to accommodate cot',ments and to reflect new inf orma-g ov be n ed and should be sent to the U.s. Nucleat Regulatory Commission.

J, 4. The component design criteria, qualification requirements, and qualification testing of heaters, moisture separators, prefilters, and high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters, design requirements of the filter and adsorber mounting frames, system filter and adsorber hous-ings, and water drains, the adsorbent used for removal of gaseous iodines (in the preliminary safety analysis report, PSAR), the physical properties of the adsorbent and the design of the adsorber section of the filter trains (in the final safety analysis report, FSAR). Provisions to inhibit offdesign temperatures in the adsorber section and the design criteria of the system fans or blowers, ductwork, and housings are also reviewed. 5. Designs provisions incorporated in the equipment and features to facilitate operation and maintenance. The design of doors to the filter housings, the spacing of components, alignment and support of filter ele-ments, the spacing of filter elements in the same section, design of test probes, and provisions for adequate lighting in the filter housing are also reviewed. 6. The design criteria for inplace testing of the air flow distribution to the HEPA filters, dioctyl phthalate (DOP) testing of the HEPA filter se::- tions, and gaseous halogenated hydrocarbon refrigerant bypass leak testing of the activated carbon adsorber section. 7. The laboratory test criteria for the activated carbon adsorbent, qualification and batch tests, provisions for obtaining representative adsorbent samples for laboratory testing in order to estimate the amount of penetration of the system adsorbent throughout its service life (PSAR), and the provisions and conditions for each field and laboratory test (FSAR). The review of the ESF atmosphere cleanup systems involves review evaluations performed by other branches. The conclusion from their evaluations are used to complete the overall evaluation of the facility. SPLB will coordinate other branches' evaluations that interface with the overall review of the system as follows: the Structural and Geosciences Branch (ESGB) determines the accepta-bility of the design analyses, procedures, and criteria used to establish the ability of seismic Category I structures housing the system and supporting sys-tems to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as the safe shutdown earthquake (SSE), probable maximum flood (PMF), and tornado missiles as part of its primary review responsibility for SRP Sections 3.3.1, 3.3.2, 3.5.3, 3.7.1 through 3.7.4, 3.8.4 and 3.8.5. The Mechanical Engineering Branch (EMEB) determines the acceptability of the seismic and quality group classifications for system components as part of its primary review responsibility for SRP Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2. The reviews for Technical Specifications and Quality Assurance are coordinated and performed by the Technical Specifications Branch (OTSB) and the Quality Assurance Branch (LQAB) as part of their primary review responsibility for SRP Sections 16.0 and 17.0, respectively. The Instrumenta-tion and Control Systems Branch (SICB) and Electrical Systems Branch (SELB) review the associated instrumentation including the power supply and electri-cal distribution systems as part of their primary review responsibility for SRP Sections 7.3, 7.5, and 8.2. The fladiation Protection Branch (PRPB) calcu-lates the doses that could result as a consequence of postulated accidents as part of its primary review responsibility for SRP Sections 6.4, 6.5.2 through 6.5.4, 15.1.15, 15.4.8, 15.4.9, 15.6.2 through 15.6.5, 15.7.4, 15.7.5, and 15.8. Upon request, PRPB will calculate filter loadings of all the iodine isotopes under accident conditions to enable SPLB to complete its overall evaluation of the ESF atmosphere cleanup systems. The SPLB reviews the qualification of 6.5.1-2 Rev. 3 - Det. ember 1990 t

essential power or electrical control cables associated with the ESF atmosphere cleanup system as part of its primary responsibility for SRP Section 3.11. r e For those areas of review identified above as being reviewed as part of the primary review responsibility of other branches, the acceptance criteria neces-sary for the review and their methods of application are contained in the referenced SRP section of the corresponding primary branch. II. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 1 The installed ESF ato sphere cleanup system is needed to mitigate the consequences of postulated accidents by removing from the atmosphere radioac-tive material that may be released in the event of an accident. SPLB accep-j tance criteris for the ESF atmosphere cleanup systems are based on meeting the i relevant requirements of the following regulations (Ref. 1): A. General Design Criterion 19 as it relates to systems being designed for habitability of the control room under accident and LOCA conditions. B. General Design Criterion 41 as it relates to the design of systems to be used for containment atmosphere cleanup following postulated accidents, and to control releases to the environment. C. General Design Criterion 42 and General Design Criterion 43 as they relate to the inspection and testing of containment ESF atmosphere cleanup systems. D. General Design Criterion 61 as it relates to the design of systems for radioactivity control under normal and postulated accident conditions. E. General Design Criterion 64 as it relates to monitoring radioactive eeleases un6 r normal, anticipated operational occurrences and postulated accident ecMitions from ESF atmosphere cleanup systems. Relevant requirements of the Commission's regulations identified above are met by using the regulatory positions contained in Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Ref. 2) as it relates to the design testing and maintenance of ESF atmosphere cleanup system air filtration and adsorption units. Specific criteria necessary to meet the relevant requirement.c of the Commission's regulations are as follows: The ESF atmosphere cleanup systems should be designed so that they can operate after a design basis accident (DBA) and can retain radioactive material after a DBA. The system should have provisions to prefilter air, remove moisture and meet the Regulatory Guide 1.52 requirements for charcoal adsorption. The sys-tems should be redundant, be designed to seismic Category I requirements, be able to actuate automatically, and be limited to an air flow rate of approximately 50,000 cfm. Design of instrumentation for ESF atmosphere cleanup systems should conform to the guidelines of Regulatory Guide 1.52 and to the recommendations of ASME H509 (Ref. 3). Minimum instrumentation, readout, recording, and alarm provisions for ESF atmosphere cleanup are given in Table 6.5.1-1 of this SRP section. 6.5.1-3 Rev. 3 - December 1990

Environmental design guidelines for acceptability are based on the conditions following a DBA. Radiation source terms should be consistent with the guide-lines in Regulatory Guides 1.3, 1.4, 1.7, and 1.25 (Ref. 4, 5, 6 and 7). Components such as moisture separators, heaters, prefilters, HEPA filters, mounting frames, filter housings, adsorbent, fans, ductwork and dampers should be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with ANSI 509 design and qualification testing criteria. Water drain design and the accessibility of components and ease of maintenance should be in accordance with the recommenda-tions of ERDA 76-21 (Ref. 8) and ASME 509. Acceptability with respect to inplace testing should include meeting the requirements of ASME H510 (Ref. 9). For laboratory testing of activated carbon adsorbent, conformance with ASME H509 will be used as an acceptability criterion. SPLB will accept the following deviations from the above acceptance criteria for the post loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA) containment hydrogen purge cleanup system: 1. If the calculated dose (sum of the long-term doses from the LOCA and the purge dose at the low population zone outer boundary) is less than the guidelines of 10 CFR Part 100, no filtration system is required. 2. If a radioiodine decontamination factor of 10 or less is needed for the calculated dose to be below Part 100, an atmosphere cleanup system that meets the acceptance criteria listed in Item 5 of Acceptance Criteria in SRP Section 11.3 is acceptable. 3. If a radioiodine decontamination factor of greater than 10 is needed for the calculated dose to be below Part 100, the ESF atmosphere cleanup system meeting all of the above acceptance criteria with the exception of Items 2b and 2c of Part C of Regulatory Guide 1.52, is acceptable. III. REVIEW PROCEDURES The reviewer will select and emphasize material from this SRP section, as may be appropriate for a particular case. 1. In the SPLB review the plant design is reviewed to determine where ESF atmosphere cleanup systems are needed. This effort is coordinated with PRPB. 2. The SPLB review is carried out by making a detailed comparison of atmosphere cleanup system designs with the acceptance criteria of Section II, above. The capability of a system to remove fission products from the atmosphere after a DBA is reviewed, based on a design loading of 2.5 mg of total iodine (radioactive plus stable) per gram of activated char-coal adsorbent. Designs consistent with General Design Criteria 19, 41, 42, 43, 61 and 64, and the guidelines of Regulatory Guide 1.52 will be assigned the system efficiencies for removal of elemental iodine and organic iodides given in Table 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.52 and a system efficiency of 99% for removal of particulate matter resulting from a DBA. The assigned efficiencies are for PRPB use in accident analyses to calcu-late offsite doses and control room personnel doses. 6.5.1-4 Rev. 3 - December 1990

_. ~ _- TABLE 6.5.1-1 Minimum instrumentation, readout, recording and alarm provisions for ESF atmosphere cleanup systems

References:

ASME H509-Remote continuously manned control panel (main control room or auxiliary control panel if manning is-a technical specification Sensing location local readout alarm requirement) readout / alarm i Unit-inlet or outlet. Flow rate (indication) Flow rate (high alare and low alare signals) Moisture separator Pressure drop (indica-tion, optional high alarm' signal) Electric heater-Status indication Space between heater Temperature (indication, Temperature (indication, and prefilter high alarm and low alam high alam, low alars, signals) trip alarm signals) Prefilter Pressure drop (indica-tion, high alarm signal) Pre-HEPA Pressure drop (indice-Pressure drop (high alarm . tion ~high alarm signal) signal) Space between Temperature (indication, Temperature (indication, adsorber and -two-stage high alarm two-stage high alarm signal) postNlter signal) Postfilter Pressure drop (indica-tion, high alarm signal) . Fan (Optional hand switch Hand switch, status and status indication) indication Valve / damper (Optional status indi-Status indication

operator cation)

System inlet to Summation of pressure drop outlet across total system (high alarm signal)* Fire protection Temperature (indication, Temperature (trip alarm system ** trip alarm signal) signal) Notes:

Optional if equivalent is provided with other instrumentation..
- Manual valves are recommended with local indication at valve.

Power actuated valves,.if used, should have local handswitches and indication. and trip alarms on local and remote continuously manned control panels. Flow of extinguishing agent should be alarmed on local and remote continuously manned control panels. 6.5.1-5 Rev. 3 - December 1990

j . IV.. EVALUATION FINDINGS T SPLB verifies that sufficient,information has been provided and that_ the review is adequate to support conclusions of-the following type, to be included'in the staff's safety evaluation report:- The staff concludes that:the design of the ESF atmosphere cleanua systems including the equipment-and instrumentation to control tie release of radioactive materials in gaseous effluents following a postulated design basis -accident are acceptable. This conclusion-

is based on the applicant having met the requirements of General Design Criteria 19, 41, and 61 by providing ESF atmosphere cleanup systems on the control room habitability, contalnment and associated systems.: The applicant..has met the requirements of General Design Criteria 41, 43 and 64 by providing a program for inspecting and

-testing the ESF atmosphere cleanup systems and'aonitoring for radio-active-materials-in effluents from these systems. In meeting these _ regulations the applicant has provided an evaluation that' demonstrates that the design of the ESF atmosphere cleanup systems meets the guide-lines of Regulatory Guide 1.52 and the ASME N509 and N510 industry standards. We have reviewed the applicant's system descriptions and ' design criteria for the ESF atmosphere cleanup systems. Based on tur evaluation, we find the proposed ESF atmosphere cleanup systems are acceptable, and the = filter. efficiencies given in Table 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.52 are appropriate for use in accident analyses. V.- IMPLEMENTATION The following is intended to provide guidance to applicants and licensees .regarding the_ NRC staff's plans for using this SRP section. Except in'those cases.in which the applicant proposes an acceptable alternative method for complying with specified portions of:the Commission's regulations, . the method described herein will be used by the staff in its evaluation of conformance with Commission regulations. Implementation schedules.for conformance to parts of the method discussed herein are contained in the referenced regulatory guides. - VI. REFERENCES 1. .10 CFR Part 50.-Appendix A, General Design Criterion 19, " Control Room," Criterion 41, " Containment Atmosphere Cleanup," Criterion 42, " Inspection of Containment Atmosphere Cleanup Systems," Criterion 43, " Testing of Containment Atmosphere Cleanup Systems," Criterion.61, " Fuel Storage and -Handling and Radioactivity Control," and Criterion 64, " Monitoring i-Radioactivity Releases." 2. Regulatory Guide 1.52, Rev. 3, " Design, Testing, and Maintenance Criteria-for Post Accident Engineering-Safety-Feature Atmosphere Cleanup System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." 3. ASME N509,l' Nuclear Power Plant Air-Cleaning Units and Components," American National-Standards Institute (1989). 6.5.1-6 Rev. 3 - December 1990

. - - -. -. ~ } ?.E 4. Regulatory Guide 1.3, " Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential-Radiologi Reactors, cal Consequences of a Loss-of-Coolant Accident for Boiling Water ' ' = 5. Regulatory Guide 1.4, " Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential 'Radiologica1' Consequences of a Loss-of-Coolant Accident-for Pressurized Water Reactors." 6. Regulatory Guide 1.7, " Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss-of-Coolant Accident." 7.- Regulatory Guide 1.25 " Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequen,ces of a Fuel Handling Accident in the fuel Handl-ing and Storage Facility of Boiling and Pressurized Water Reactors." 8. ERDA 76-21, " Nuclear Air Cleaning Handbook," Oak Ridge National Laboratory, C.. A. Burchsted, I. E. Kahn and A. B. Fuller, March 31, 1976. 9. ASME NS10. " Testing of Nuclear Air-Treatment Systems," American National Standards Institute (1989). l l 6.5.1-7 Rev. 3 - December 1990

.s g I t AN AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD N LCLEAR POWER PLANT AIR-CLEANING U NITS and COMPON E NTS ASME N509-1989 l attvisioN of AN$l'ASMI N109-1980s n g C'S The American Society of U) Mechanical Engineers

t..

i 345 East 47th Street, New York, N.Y.10017

e i. k l l I Date of issuance: June 16.1989 1 This Standard will be revis"d when the Society approves the issuance of a new edition, There will be no Addenda issued to ASME N509-1989. Please Note: ASME issues written replies concerning interpretations of the technical aspects of this document. The interpretations are not part of the doeurnent. N5091989 is being issued with an autornatic subscription service to the interpretations that will be issued to it up to 1994. ASME is the registered ttsoemaek of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. TNs code or standard was developed under procedures accredited as meetin2 the criteria for American National Standards. The Consensus Committee that approved the code or standard was balanced to assure that individuals from competent and concerned enterests have had an opportunity to participate The proposed code or standard was made available for public review and comment wNch provides an opportunity for additional pubhc 6nput from industry, academia, regolatory agencies, and the pubhc at large. ASME does not " approve / " rate," or " endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activtty. ASME does not take any posttion with respect to the vahdity of any patent rights assertoo in connection with any items mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to ensure anyone utihzing a standard against habihty for inf ringement of any apphceble Letters Patent, not assume any such habihty. Users of a code or standard are expressly advised that determmation of the vahdity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such nghts,6s entirely their own responsit>ihty. Participation by federal egency representative (s) or persGniel affiheted with industry is not to be interpreted as govemment or industry endorsement of this code or standard. ASME accepts responsibihty for only those 6nterpretations sssued in accordance with governing ASME procedures and pohcies which preclude the issuance of interpretations by individual volunteers. No part of this cocument may be reproduced in any form. in an electronic retneval system of otherwise, without the prior written permession of the pubhsher. Copynght O 1989 by j g' THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS All Rsgnts Reserved Pnnted in U.S.A J

.m .m m -_m .. _. ~., m _.. i 0; ,1 ? ~l I-FOREWORD (TNs Foreword is not part of ASME N5o91989J This Standard covers requirements for the design, construction, and testing of components which are utilized in Nuclear Air Treatment Systems (NATS) installed in nuclear power plants. This revision waideveloped by the ASME Committee on Nuclear Air and Gas Treatment (CONAGT), which was assigned responsibility for maintaining ANSI /ASME N509 in 1976. This is the third revision of this Standard. The previous revisions were issued in 1976 and 1980. The purpose of this revision is to update the Standard to incorporate technicalinquiries, corrections, and - state of the art improvements as part of the ANSI required five year review. In order to gain input for this revision CONAGT held workshops in February and April of 1985. These workshops were attended by representatives from utilities, consulting engineers, testing contrac-tors, manufacturers, and regulators. The format of the workshop provided an open forum for obtain-ing comments on where improvements and/or clarifications were needed. These discussions provided - ) the basis for this revision and a revision to N509's companion standard ANSI /ASME N510. Requests for clarifications or technicalinquiries should be submitted in written form to the ASME - Secretary. Technicalinquiries should reference the specific paragraph in question and be phrased such - I_ that a yes/no response can be made. Unclear inquiries will be returned unanswered to the inquirer. It is the intent of CONAGT to replace N509 and N510 with ASME AG 1, Code On Nuclear Air and Gas Treatment, in the future. AG-1 was initially issued in 1985. Those sections of AG 1 which were published when this revision of N509 was being developed have been incorporated by reference. ASME . CONAGT considers the AG-1 code requirements to be acceptable alternates to N509 requirements and therefore encourages users to utilize the latest AG-1 code requirements whenever practical. Copies of -- AG 1 can be obtained from ASME. . After approval by the Committee on Nuclear Air and Gas Treatment and the sponsor, and after public review, this Standard was approved and designated as an American National Standard by the. . American National Standards Institute, Inc. on April 7,1989. iii L ; J, _. 2,..L --.- ' ~ ' " " ' ~~ ' ~~ ~ ~ '

= . - - -. ~ -.. -. .j ). ASME COMMITTEE ON NUCLEAR AIR AND GAS TREATMENT -(The following is the roster of the Commntee et the time of approval of this StandardJ .i. OFFICERS W. H. Miller, Jr., Chairman R. R Weidher, Vice Chantman M. M. Merker, Secretary COMMITTEE PERSONNEL R. R. Bohemy, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission F. J. Cennito, Jr, American Nuclear insurers g G. J, Endler 11, o Engineering M W. Firet. Harvard School of Pubise Heatth. Air Cleaning Laboratory D. J. Gledden. Dugway Proving Grounos C. E. Oroves, Nuclear Consulting Services. Inc,

M. R. Hergen. Amencen Air Fitter Co.

D. R. Helwig. Philadelphia E6ectric Co. ) S. A. Hobart, Adams & Hobart Consulting Engineers J. W. Jacon, Jacox Associates L, J. Klees Tennessee Valley Authority - J, L. Kovech, Nuclear Consutung Services, Inc. W. H. Meer, Serpent & Lundy Engineers S. C. Omberg. Sargent & Lundy Engineers T. T. Porembski, Consuttant R. M. Van Beceleere. Ruskin Manuf actunng Division - T. J, Vogen. Fionda Power and Ught Co. R. R. Weidler. Duke Power Co. J. R. Yow, Corporate Consutting and Development Co.. Ltd. . ~...

.. - - ~. - ( [si -.1 ? CONTENTS Foreword................................................................ ill Standards Committee Rost er...........,................................... v 1-Scope.......................,....................................... 1-1.1 Limit ations....................................... I 1.2 Purpose....................................................... I 2 Applicable Documents................................................ I 2.1 U.S. Atomic Energy Commission (AEC), Currently the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE)............................... .I 2.2 American Society of Heating. Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASH RAE)........................... I 2.3 Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (Ul.)............................ 2 2.4 Alr Movement and Control Association, Inc. (AMCA) 2 2.5 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) ~.................. 2 2.6 American Welding Society (AWS) 2 [ 2.7 - - Ak conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI)................... 2 2.8 Institute vi tjectrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)............... 2 2.9 - American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2 2.10 National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEM A).............. 3 2.11 -- American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)................, 3 2.12 Industrial Perforators Association (IPA)............................3

2.

3 - Military Standards (M IL)........................................

3 -2.14 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)..............,........ 3 2.15 Sheet Metal and Alt. Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc. (SM ACN A).........................., 3 2.16 Nuclear Regulatory Commission.................................. 4 2.17 Nuclear Construction Issues Group (NCIG)........................ 4 2 18 Code of Federal Regulations - Energy............................. 4 2.19 Air Cleanin g Con ference......................................... 4 l-

2.20 American Conference of GovernmentalIndustrial Hygienists.......... - 4 3 ' Terms and Definition s.................................................

4- / 4 FuncWonal Design 7 4.1 General..................................................... 7 4.2 Des ig n Pa ram et er s............................................., 7' - 4.3 Size (Installed Capacity) of Air. Cleaning Unit 8 4.4 Environmental Design Conditions.................... 8 4.5 Structural Load Requirements................... 8 4.6 - Des ig n Pr es s u r es......................................... 8 .)! 4.7 Nuclear Air Treatment System Configuration and Location......... 11 j_ 4.8 Maintainability Criteria 12 4.9 Monitoring of Operational Variables......................... 12 t- $5' rd ,a~ - ~ - - - - - - -. - - - a ,.-n. ---en.--- +. .--<,e- .-w, e e n m.

. -.- - ~ - -. - - 7 - 4.10 Adsorbent Cooling 13 4.11 Fi r e Pr o t ectio n...........................,...................... 13 { l 4.12 = I ns ula tion......... ',....,............. '........................ 16-4.13 Test a bilit y..................................... o...... =......... 16~ 4.14 Pressure Boundary Leakage....................................... 16 - 5 - C om pone n t s...............................................,......... 17 5.1 H E P A Fil t e r s................................................... 5.2 ' A d s o r be rs................................. -.................. 18 5.3 Prefilters and Post filters.......................................... 18 .$.4 M oist ure Separ at ors............................................. 19 i 5.5 Air H e a t e rs......................,........................... 19 5.6 Fil t er H ou sin g.................................................. 20' -l 5.7 Fans......................................................... 25 'l 5.8 Fa n D r i v e s...................................................... 26 5,9 Dampers..........................'.............-.............. 26 1 5.10 D u c t s........................................................ 30 6 Packaging, Shipping. Receiving. Storage, and Handling of Components.... 32 6.1 Preparation for Shipping......................................... 32 6.2 R ec ei pt a nd St o r a g e...........,................................. 32 j 7 Installation and Erection.............................................. 33 i 7.1 D r a wi n g s...................................................... 33 7.2 Erectio n.................. 33 7.3 ' Welding...................................................... 33 7.4 - Installation of HEPA Filters and Adsorbers...................... 33 { [ .i 8 Q u alit y As s u r an c e.................................................... 34 S.1 Quality Assu rance Program..................................... 34 8.2 Summary of Required Documentation 34 9 Acceptance Testing 34 Figure: 4 1 ' Pressure Relationships....................... 9 Tables 41 Instrumentation for ESF Air. Cleaning Units......................... 14 42 Instrumentation for Non.ESF Air. Cleaning Units........................ 15 3 51 Coating Performance Requirements.................................. 24 L 52 Damper Classification for Construction and Leakage..................... 28 53 Maximum Permissible Damper Leak Rate. Class 11 and til................ 28 5 4 Multiplying Factors for Obtaining Maximum Permissible Leakage Rat es a t Hig her Pr ess ures........................................... 29 91 Summary of Criteria for Acceptance Testing............................ 35 Appendices - A Sampling of Installed Adsorbents for Surveillance Testing......... 37 Al Scope....................................... 37 A2 Design Basis for Samplers...... 37 A3 General Types of Samples (Samplers) 37 g g viii i

.~. . -. - ~. - _c .y 1 l B J Additional Guidance for Determination of AHowable Leakage............. 39 -l [ Bl; _ Purpose...........................,............................ 39 B2 - Allowable Leakage by Health Physics Criteria..,....................- 39 B3; Additional Lea kage Criteria....................................... 49 -B4 ' Nuclear Air Treatment System Configurations and Leakage Classes _.... 50 - C Manifold Design G uideline s............................................ 55 C1-General...................................-,.................... 55 C2 Manifold Requirements for in Place Tests......................... 55 C3_ Additional Reasons for Use of Permanently Installed Manifolds 55 C4 Injection M anifolds................................... 56 C5 Sampling M anifolds..................................,.......... 57 D - Performance Test for Qualification of Sampling Manifolds............... 67 -DI P u r pos e............................................ 67 D2 Limits......................................................... 67 D3 Test Requirements 67 D4 Te s t M e t hod................................................... - i 67 i D5 A cceptance Crit eria............................................. 68 D6 Docu m e n t a t i o n................................................ 68 D7-Acceptance o f Res u lts........................................... 68 Figures Allowable Unit Leakage From Dact or Housing to Occupied S - t B 1-40 System Parameters. ;,............................... pace....... i B.2 43 I B.3 Control Room System Flow Diagram _................................. 45 )' . B.4 Control Room System Flow Diagram With Leakage Paths............. 47 B 5 ' Single Pass Air Cleaning System Configurations...,...... 51 B.6 Recirculating Air Cleaning System Configurations - I......... 52 B.7 Recirculating Air Cleaning System Configurations - !!................ 53 C.) Common Configurations houiring Test Manifolas.................... 58 C.2 General Approach to Manifold Design.............................. 63 C.3 Alternate Detail for Injection Sampling Manifold Baffle Design When Turbulence is R equired................................... 65 Tables - B.1 - Control Room Nuclear Air Treatment System Parameters for Lea kag e Analysis.................................................48- - B.2: Control Room Air Conditioning System Parameters for Lea k a g e A nalysis................................................. 48 l B.3 Maximum Allowable Leakage for Air Cleaning Effectiveness-- (Percent of Rated Flow) ........................................... 50 t r a I i ( [ c-,~ r

- - ~ "

a y s ASME N5091989 I NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AIR CLEANING UNITS AND COMPONENTS 1 SCOPE system will perform in accordance with specification '#9 " ** * * * ' This Standard covers requirements for the design, construction, and qualification and acceptance testing of the air-cleaning units and components which make up Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) and other high ef-ficiency air and gas treatment systems used in nuclear 2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS power plants. The following documents supplement this Standard and are a part of it to the extent indicated in the text. 1.1 Limitations The issue of the referenced document noted below shall be in effect. If no date is listed, then the issue of The Standard does not cover sizing of a complete the referenced document in effect at the time of the nuclear air treatment system, redundancy, or single-purchase order shallapply. ANSI /ASME AG 1-1988 failure requirements, it applies only to systems which contains code requirements for nuclear air and gas employ particulate filtration, ambient temperature treatment equipment. These code requirements may adsorption, or both, as the principal functional mech-be substituted for the requirements listed herein. anism,it does not apply to condenser off gas systems. ! l Also,it does not apply to other applications which em-ploy primarily gas storage or holdup, cryogenic ad-2.1 U.S. Atomic Energy Commission (AEC), Cur-sorption or fractionation, or solvent absorption as the principal method of gas treatment. Nor does the rently the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) Standard cover requirements for containment isola-ERDA 76-21 C. A. Burchasted, A. B. Fuller, tion valves, recombiners, comfort heating, air condi-and J. E. Kahr. Nuclear Air tioning, or ventilation to achieve ordinary cooling or Cleaning Handbook industrial hygiene objectives. Field acceptance testing MS AR-71-45 Entrained Moisture Separators and surveillance testing of nuclear air treatment sys' for Fine Particle, Water-tems is covered in ASME N510-1989. Air Steam Service - Their Per-formance, Development, and Status 1.2 Purpose Nyo.3250-6 Moisture Separator Study The Standard identifies and establishes minimum requirements for filters, adsorbers, moisture separa-tors, air heaters, filter housings, dampers, valves. 2.2 American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, fans, ducts, and other components of nuclear air and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) treatment systems for a specific application in a ASHRAE52 Method of Testing Air Cleaning nuclear power plant. The Standard also establishes requirements for operability, maintainability, and (1976) Devices Used in General Ventila-testability of systems necessary for the maintenance of tion for Removing Particulate M atter system reliability for the design conditions. Qualifica. tion and acceptance testing provisions are specified ASHRAE Hand-Applications to verify the adequacy of the air cleaning unit and book (1982) h component design, to verify that components have ASHRAE Hand. Equipmen' 4 been properly fabricated and installed, and that the book (1983) I

NUCLE AR POWER PLANT AIR CLE ANING ASME N509-1989 UNITS AND COMPONENTS ASHRAE Hand. HVAC Systems 2.6 American Welding Society (AWS) AWS Dl.1 (1986) Structural Welding Code l l ^ 93 AWS DI.3 (1981) St uctural Welding Code-Sheet 2.3 Unt erwrit ers' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) i UL 900 (1986) Test Performance of Air Filter 2.7 Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute Units (ARI) UL $86 (1985) Hig ffi ency, Particulate, Air. ANS!/AR1410 Standard for Forced-Circulation (1981) Air Cooling and Air Heating Coils AR1680 (1986) Standard for Residential Air 2.4 Air Movement and Control Association, Inc. Filter Equipment (AMCA) AMCA 99 (1983) Standards Handbook AMCA 201 (1973) Fan Application Manual - Far.s and Systems 2.8 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engi-AMCA 210 (1985) Test Code for Air Moving Desices neurs (IEEE) AMCA 211 (1985) Certified Ratings Program Air IEEE 85 (1973) Test Procedure for Airborne Perf rmance Sound Measurements on Rotating AMCA 300 (1985) Reverberant Room Method for Electrical Machinery Sound Testing of Fans IEEE 112 (1984) Test Procedure for Polyphase in. AMCA 301 (1975) Method for Calculating Fan duction Motors and Generators Sound Ratings from Laboratory ANSI /IEEE 323 Standard for Qualifying Class lE Test Data (1984) Electrical Equipment for Nuclear AMCA 500 (1983) Test Methods for Louvers, Power Generating Stations Dampers and Shutters ANSI /IEEE 334 Guide for Type Test of Continu-(1974) ous Duty Class 1 Motors installed inside the Containment of Nu-2.5 American Society of Mechanical Engineers clear Power Generating Stations (ASME) ANSI /IEEE 344 Recommended Practices for Seis. (1975) mic Qualification of Class IE ASME/ ANSI Code on Nuclear Air and Gas Equipment in Nuclear Power AG 1-1988 Treatment Generating Stations ASME Boiier and Pressure Yessei Code,1986 Edition - Section 111. Section V, Section IX ANSI /ASME Power Piping Code B31.1-1986 Edition 2.9 American National Standards institute (ANSI) ASME Testing of Nuclear Air Treatment ANSI N512 Protective Coatings (Paints) for N510-1989 Systems (1974) the Nuclear industry ANSI /ASME Quality Assurance Program Re. ANSI N101.2 Protective Coatings (Paints) for NQA I-1986 quirements for Nuclear Facilities (1972) Light Water Nuclear Reactor Edition Containment Facilities ANSI /ASME Quality Assurance Requirements ANSI /ANS Nuclear Safety Criteria for the N Q A 2-1986 for Nuclear Facilities N51.1 (1983) Design of Stationary Pressurized j' Edition Water Reactors i. 2 a

NVOLEAR POWER PL AN7 AIR CLEANING UNITS AND COMPONENTS f ASME N5091989 ANSI /ANS 52.1 Nuclear Safety Criteria for the Low Alloy Columbium and/or j ) (1983) Design of Stationary Boiling Vanadium Water Reactor Plants ASTM A 666 Authentic Stainless Steel, Sheet, ANSI /ASQC Sampling Procedures and Tables (1984) Z1.4 (1981) for Inspection by Attributes Strip Plate and Flat Bar for Strue-tural Applicatiom ASTM B 633 Electrodeposited Coatings of 0 978) Zine on Iron and Steel 2.10 National Electrical Manufacturers' Associa. ASTM D 3843 Standard Practice for Quality As-tion (NEMA) (1980) surance for Protective Coatings NEMA MG 1 Motors and Cn crators Applied to Nuclear Facilities (1978) ASTM D 3911 S;andard Method for Evaluating (1980) Coatings Used in Light Water Nuclear Power Plants at Simu. lated Loss of Coolant Accident 2,11 American Society for Testing and Materials (LOCA) Condition (ASTM 1 ASTM D 3912 Standard Method for Chemical ASTM A 36 Structural Steel (1980) Resistance of Coatings Used in (1984) Light Water Nuclear Power Plants ASTM A 123 Zine (Hot Galvanized) Coatings (1978) on Products Fabricated from ASTM E 165 Recommended Practices for Lig-Rolled Pressed, and Forged Steel (1975) uid Penetrant inspection Method Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strips g g ASTM A 240 Heat Resisting Chromium and Light Water Nuclear Power Plant (1984) Chromium Nickel Stainless Steel Primary Containment and Other Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pres-Safety Related Facilities, First 5" I' Edition,1979, Chapte 8 ASTM A 283 Low and Intermediate Tensile ASTM E 300 Recommended Practice for Sam-(1954) Strength Carbon Steel Plates. (1973) pl ng Industrial Chemicals Shapes, and Bars ASTM A 284 Low and intermediate Tensile 2.12 Industrial Perforators Association (IPA) (1984) Stength Carbon Silicon Steel IPA (1985) Designers, Sucifiers and Buyers Plates for Machine Parts of Gen-eral Construction Handbcok for Perforated Metal ASTM A 525 General Requirements for Steel (1984) Sheet, Zinc Cozted (Galvanized) 2.13 Military Standards (Mil.) i by the Hot Dip Process MIL F 51068E Filter, Particulate, High Effi-ASTM A 526 Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galva-(1981) ciency, Fire Resistant k (1980) nized) by the Hot Dip Process, MIL F 51079D i Commercial Quality Filter Medium, Fire Resistant, (1980) ASTM A 527 Steel Sheet, Zine Coated (Galva. High Efficiency 80) n ze ) yte E ep g 2.14 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) ASTM A 570 Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet NFPA 803 (1983) Standard for Fire Protection for (1984) and Strip, Structural Quality Light Water Nuclear Power Plant ASTM A 606 Steel Sheet and Strip, Hot Rolled (1984) and Cold Rolled, High Strength, Low Alloy with improved Atmo-2,15 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contrac-spheric Corrosion Resistance t rs' National Association, Inc. (SMACNAl g ASTM A 607 Steel Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled SM ACNA (1975) High-Pressure Duct Construction (1984) and Cold Rolled, High Strength, Standards 3

NUCLE AR POWER PLANT AIR-CLE ANING ASME Nf>o91989. UNITS AND COMPONENTS SM ACNA (1985) HVAC Duet Construction Stan-2.20 American Conference of Governmental dards - Metal and Flexible Industrial Hygienists { }_ industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice - 1986 2.16 Nuclear Regulatory Commission NUREG 0017 - Calculation of Releases of Radio. 1965 active Materials in Gaseous and 3 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS Liquid Effluents from Pressur-odsorbent, batch of-the maximum quantity of ma-8 ized Water Reactors (PWR-terial (not to exceed 10 m ) manufactured from the GALE CODE), Rev. I same base material, processed throughout its manu-facturing cycle in the same equipment and under the same manufacturing procedures, which can be ho-m gen e at one Mme in one Wending deWce and for 2,17 Nuclear Construction issues Group (NCIGl which certified results of appropriate tests of phys, cal i NCIG 01 (1985) Visual Weld Acceptance Criteria and chemical properties are available. This constitutes for Structural Welding at Nuclear a batch to be presented for radioactive and/or other Power Plants specified tests under conditions and within tolerances specified, adsorbent, lot of-that quantity of material consist-2.18 Code of Federal Regulations - Energy ing of one or more batches of the same type and grade, each of which mects the specified performance, physi, Title 10. Part 29 Occupational Safety and Health cat and chemical requirements, and is shipped to the Act same purchaser by the same manufacturer for the Title 10, Part 20 Standards for Protection Against same job requirement Radiation adsorber bank orfilter bank - one or more filter or Title 10, Part 50, General Design Criteria for adsorber cells secured in a single mounting frame, or { } Appendix A Nuclear Power Plants one or more side-by side panels containing poured or Title 10, Part 50, Fire Protection Program for Nu-packed air treatment media, confined within the pe-Appendix R . clear Power Facilities Operating rimeter of a duct, plenum, or vault cross section; Prior to January 1,1979 sometimes referred to as a stage Title 10, Part 100 Reactor Site Criteria adsorber cellor cell-a modular container for an ad. Title 10, Part Environmental Qualification of sorbent, with provision for sealing to a mounting 50.49 Electric Equipment important to frame, which can be used singly or in multiples to Safety for Nuclear Power Plants build up a system of any airflow capacity aerosol-a stable suspension of particles, solid or liquid, in air air-cleaning unit - an assembly of components com. 2,19 Alt Cleaning Conference prising a self contained subdivision of a complete air - CONF 740807 " Nuclear Power Plant Control cleaning system it includes all the components neces-Room Ventilation System Design sary to achieve a unit air cleaning function such as re-for Meeting General Criterion moving particulate matter (filter) or iodine vapor 19," Murphy, K. G, and Compe, (adsorber). A unit includes a housing plus internal air K. M.,13th AEC Air Cleaning cleaning components and may include one or more Conference Proceedings,1974, p. auxiliary air treatment components such as prefilters, 401 postfilters, heaters, coils, and moisture separators. CONF 801038 "A Consistent Approach to Air. ALARA - as defined in 10 CFR 20.l(c), in addition Cleaning System Duet Design," to complying with the regulations of 10 CFR 20, the Miller, W. H., Ornberg, S. C., design should make every reasonable effort to main. Rooney, K. L.,16th DOE Air tain in plant radiation exposures during operation Cleaning Conference Proceed-and maintenance, and releases of radioactive material ings,1980, p. 252 in effluents "as low as is reasonably achievable" k A 4 ~ ~ r.-, v,.,. ..-w-

n-- NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AIR CLE ANING - ~ UNITS AND COMPONENTS ; ASME N6094969 (ALARA). The term ALARA means as low as is rea-design, functional-the establishment of air cleaning l [ sonably achievable taking into account the state of efficiency air Dow rates. components to be employed, technology and the economics ofimprovements in re-general layout spatial requirements, and operational' lation to benefits to public health and safety, and objectives and criteria - . other societal and socieconomic considerations, and design, mechanical-the design or selection of com-in relation to the utilization of atomic energy in the ponents, structural design of ducts and housings, siz-public interest. ing and layout of ducts, etc., to meet the requirements ' bypass - a pathway through which contaminated air of the criteria established by the functional design, can escape ucatment by the installed HEPA and/or The design and layout of hardware to accommodate adsorber banks. Examples are leaks in filters and filter the criteria established in functional design. mounting frames, defective or inefficient isolation designer or engineer - as used in this document, the . dampers that result in uncontrolled flow through ad-individual or organization designated by the owner to jacent plenums, and unsealed penetrations for electri-be responsible for the design of air and gas treatment cal conduits, pipes, Door drains, etc. systems, in particular, he is responsible for the deter-cellor adsorber cell-a modular container for an ad-mination of the performance parameters for the sorbent vith provision for scaling to a mounting system. frame, which can be used singly or in multiples to DOP-- dioetyl phthalate (di 2 ethyl hexyl phthalate), build up a system of any airflow capacity an oily, clear, noncorrosive liquid that fortr5 an aero-components, active - a component whose function is sol of repeatable dimensions under given parameters characterized by mechanical motion in response to an of temperature, pressure flow, etc. (Note: DOP is a simposed design basis load or signal demand upon the plasticizer and will soften many plastics on contact, component. Examples are motors, fans, damper oper. Great care must be taken in the selection of organic ators, etc. Active safety related components are re-materials used for contact with DOP.) quired to perform their active function when DOP aerosol-a polydisperse acrosol having an subjected to the applicable design basis loading and approximate light scattering mean droplet size distri. environment, bution as follows: I l components, air-cleaning - equipment that is con-99% less than 3.0 pm tained in nuclear air treatment systems. Typical com. 50% less than 0,7 pm ponents may include dampers, demisters or moisture 10% less than 0.4 pm separators, heaters, prefilters, HEPA filters, charcoal DOP aerosol generator - a device to create an aer. adsorbers, and fans, osol from liquid DOP in the required particle size components, external-accessory components not distribution normally included within an air cleaning unit duct-an enclosed passage through which air is trans-components, internal-clements normally contained ferred from point to point; typically will not include within an air cleaning unit air cleaning components such as HEPA filters or - contaminatedspace - any enclosed or outdoor space adsorber air cleaning units with measured or potential altborne concentrations of engineer or designer - as used in this document, the ' toxic or radioactive materials which may cause one or individual or organization designated by the owner to both of the following: be responsible for the design of air and gas treatment (a) unacceptable damage or dose to personnel or systems. In particular, he is responsible for the deter. equipment occupying the space, based on 10 CFR 20, mination of the performance parameters for the 10 CFR 50 Appendix A (General Design Criterion 19), system.- 10 CFR 50 Appendix I limits, or plant ALARA guide-engineeredsafetyftature /ESF)- an air cleaning unit l'_ lines. or nuclear air treatment system that serves to control (b) contamination of other spaces. and limit the consequences of releases of energy and damper - an operable device used to control pressure radioactivity in the event of occurrences as described or Dow by varying the air path area in ANSI /ANS N51.1 and N52.1 decontaminationfactor (DF)- the ratio of the con-filter bank or adsorber bank - one or more filter or centration of a contaminant in the uncleaned (un-adsorber cells secured in a singie mounting frame, or y treated) air to its concentration in the clean (treated) one or more side by side panels containing poured or f3 air packed air treatment media, confined within the pe-

y NUCLE AR POWER PLANT AtR CLEANING ASME N6o91989 UNRS AND COMPONINTS rimeter of a duct, plenum, or vault cross section; contains one or both of the high-efficiency gas clean, sometimes referred to as a stage ing components referred to as HEPA filters and { g habitab///ty system - a nuclear air treatment system nuclear grade carbon or inorganic silver containing whose function is to assure that plant operators are adsorbers. These items are usually accompanied by adequately protected against the effects of accidental one or more auxiliary air treatment components such releases of toxic and radioactive gas borne contami-as prefilters, after filters, heaters, coils, and moisture nation to the degree that they can safely operate the separators. Accessories such as dampers, ducts, plen-plant in case of an accident. Habitability systems must ums, and fans are included when they are within or are meet the requirements of 10 CFR $0, Appendix A, a part of a defined pressure boundary. General Design Criteria 4,5, and 19. owner - the organization which is awarded a con. REPA filter - a high efficiency particulate air filter struction permit fiom the Regulating Authority for having a fibrous medium with a particle removal cffi-the construction of a nuclear facility and/or the orga-ciency of at least 99.97% for 0.3 gm particles of dioc-nization legally responsible for the operation, mainte-tyi phthalate nance, and safety of the nuclear facility housing - the portion of an air cleaning unit that en-photometer - a device to detect aerosol concentra-closes air cleaning components and provides connec-tions in air over a specified concentration range of tions to adjacent ductwork 10,000:1 mterspace - any space other than the contaminated postfilter - a medium efficiency alt filter having a fi-space or the protected space whcre the nuclear air brous medium with a nominal average atmospheric treatment system or its parts may be located. The in-dust spot efficiency of not less than 95% when tested terspace may be considered " contaminated" if its in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 52 which is concentration of airborne radioactivity is higher than used to retain carbon fines downstream of carbon the concantration inside that part of the nuclear air adsorbers treatment system located within the interspace. The pressure, /cak test - the static pressure, acting in the interspace may be considered " clean" if its concents a' direction of the operating pressure (positive or nega-tion of airborne radioactivity is low er than the concen-tive), used for establishing leakage rates. This pressure I tration inside the part of the nuclear air treatment usually equals or exceeds the highest operating pres-system located within the interspace sure of the item being tested but does not exceed struc-leaA tightness - the condition of a component, air-tural capability pressure. cleaning unit, or system where air leakage through pressure, maximum design - the static pressure to or around the pressure boundary or component is which air cleaning units and components may be sub-less than a specified value at a specified differential jected to and required to remain intact and whic? :s pressure used as the starting point for structural design. This man (fold - a device to uniformly disperse or collect pressure shall equal or exceed the maximum operating test agent mixed with air over a defined area from or pressure and/or test pressure, whichever is greater, it,to a sinde pipe or tube Refer to para. 4.6.5 for further information. P " **" "' " "*5* " * *P"'l"E ~ 'h' * **I * * *\\*'i' maximum permissiNe concentratson (AfPQ - the maximum permissible concentration of radioactive pressure the air cleaning units and components will be materialsin a given volume as specified in Appendix B sugected to and still required to continue to perform their air cleaning function. Static pressure resulting in Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 20 from off normal operating conditions which do not mounting frame - a structure against which filters render the system inoperable (e.g., closure of branch and adsorber cells may be snugly mounted and sup-dampers or registers) shall be considered as maximum ported in a position that permits the passage of alt and operating pressure. Refer to para. 4.6.4 for further in-provides a surface to hold the scaling gasket, thereby formation. The maximum operating pressure shall avoiding a potential bypass or leakage path for non-equal or exceed the normal operating pressure and filtered air may be equal to the maximum design pressure but may nuclear air treatment system (NA TS) - a system de. not exceed it. signed to remove radioactive gaseous and particulate pressure, normaloperating - the static pressure that contaminants from a near atmospheric pressure gas corresponds to the design operating mode of the air-stream without significantly altering the physical cleaning unit, component, or system but does not j, properties of the inert carrier gases. Such a system include the static pressure which may be experienced 6

medp=""" NUCLE AR POWER PLANT AIR.CLE ANING UNITS AND COMPONENTS ASME N5091989 in off normal operating modes during which the sys-rest cannister - a specially designed sample holder l ) tem is required io continue to perform its air cleaning containing sufficient adsorbem for specific labora-function tory tests that can be removed from an adsorber bank pressure, structuralcopability - the static pressure to to provide samples for laboratory testing. A full sized which the designer specifies the component or equip. Type 11 adsorber cell (refer to para. 5.2 and Appendix ment can be safely loaded without perraanent distor. A) may be substituted for the test cannister for the tion. This pressure may exceed the maximum design purposes of providing material for specific laboratory pressure due to inclusion of a margin of safety.

tests, pressure drop, dirtyfilter - the maximum operating static pressure differential (inches water gauge)of the filter elements in an nuclear air treatment system used 4 FUNCTIONAL DESIGN for the design of the system 4.1 General protected space - any enclosed or outdoor space where concentrations of airborne toxic or radioactive Depending on the function of the systecn and the materials are limited to acceptable levels b) the aetion conditions under which it will operate, air cleaning of a nuclear air treatment system units include some or all of the following internal 9

residence time - the time that a contaminant or test agent theoretically remains in contact with an adsorb-(a) Prefilters are required in air-cleaning units em, based on active volume of adsorbent and air or w hen design i+t particulate concemrations and par-gas volume flow rate through the adsorber bed (e.g., tiele site are such that the HbPA filter may be ten-volume of adsorbent in cubic feet in contact with flo*

dered ineffective prematurely. On other air-cleaning ing air multiplied by 60 sec/ min divided by total air or unin prefilters are recommended only when it is gas flow rate in cubic feet per minute equals theoreti-desired to increase HEPA fiber life.

cal residence time in seconds) (b) HEPA fihers are required in all air cleaning Iest, acceptance - a test made upon completion of units when filtration of inlet particulate matter re. j ) fabrication, receipt, and installation, or after modifi-quires a minimum efficiency of 99.97% for particles equal to 0.3 micrometer in size. cation of an installed component, air cleaning unit, or system to verify that it meets the requiremems (c) Adsorbers are required when air cleaning specified untts are designed for removal of iodine and iodine compounds, test, performance (also kno wn as production test) - a (U) M OI'IUI' 9*'*\\* (dC*i) * 4"Id test made on an individual production item or lot of when entrained water droplet concentration may be product to verify its performance in accordance with greater than I lb of water per 1000 cfm of airflow, specified requirements. Where a performance test re-(c) Heaters should be utilized for air cleaning units peats a qualification test or a previous performance with adsorbers when the relative humidity of air to the test, the results of the performance test shall be within adsorber exceeds *10% based upon the 1% percentile specified tolerances. meteorological conditions (where applicable). For nu-test, qual (fication - a test which establishes the suit- "I'" "I',treatmem systems whPh are unaffected by ability of a component (item) for a given application, msW an metcombgical coWons, heaters M generally made on either a prototype or on a typical be utilized when an accident would result in an air-production lot of the component

- 'eam exceeding 70% relative humidity for more than h

test, surveillance-an in place leak test and visual in-spection performed periodically to establish the cur-(,A Postfilters When adsorbers are used in ESF air-rent condition of a nuclear air treatment system and its cleaning units, provision shall be made for a postfilter components, with respect to bypasses and damage to to retain carbon fines. Postfilters should also be con-filters and adsorber. Also, a laboratory test made peri-sidered in non ESF air cleaning units discharging into odically on a representative sample to determine the occupied spaces where carbon fine carryover is not acceptable, radioiodine removal characteristics of an adsorbent batch. rest boundary - the physicallimit to the componem, f} system, or device being subjected to a leakage test as Values of the following design parameters shall be " " "" # 8 defined in specific test procedures specified when invoking this Star.dard and shall be 7

i, l NUCLEAQ POWER PLANT AG-CLEANING ASME N$o9-1989 UNITS AND COMPONENTS l used wherever referenced: mining the installed capacity of any bank or stage of (a) volumetrie air flow rate, acfm; adsorbers. l } (1) minimum flow rate; (2) maximum flow rate; (3) design flow rate; 4.4 Environmental Dealgn Conditions (b) design pressures, in, w.g.; All parts and components of the air cleaning unit (/) maximum operating pressure; shall be selected or designed to operate under the envi-(?) leak test pressure; ronmental conditions (temperature, relative humid. (3) maximum design pressure; ity, pressure, radiation, etc.) specified in para. 4.2. (() structural capability pressure (usually deter. hinterials of construction and components shall be se-mined by component designer); lected or treated to limit generation of combustibles (c) pressure time transient (if applicable), in-and contaminants and to resist corrosion and degra-w.gdsec; dation that would result in loss of function when (d) maximum and minimum gas temperature (F) exposed to the specified environmental conditions for and density, ib/ft'; the design life of the component. (c) maximum inlet relative humidity (percent); Environmental qualification requirements are con-(f) entrained liquid water (mass flow rate), tained in 10 CFR 50.49 and IEEE 323. Ib/ min; (g) concentrations of specific contaminants in airstream; 4.6 Structural Load Requirements (h) required decontamination factors for each contaminant; ESF systems and all of their components shall be (I) component radiation integrated life dose and shown, either by testing or by a mathematical tech-nique, to remain functional under the structural load-

" E*'"'
" E# "'

imu rt er pressure differential, in. w.g.; (k) structuralloadings; { } (1) duct and housing maximum permissible leak 4.6 Design Pressures rate (sefm) and associated operating pressure, in. w,g,; 4.6.1 The nuclear air treatment system shall be de. (m) environmental design conditions including signed to withstand the normal and transient pres-temperature, pressure, and relative humidity; sures, to which the system may be subjected during its (n) expected duration and environmental condi, design life, without loss of its ability to perform its tions of storage area; design function. (o) particle size distribution and quantity of aero* 4.6.2 Four categories of design pressure are used to sols and contaminants ur. der normal and accident define the pressure the nuclear air treatment system conditions (if known); and its components may experience. These are: (p) safety classification (ESF or non ESF); (a) Operating Pressure (q) number of adsorber test cannisters per adsorber (b) Leak Test Pressure bank; (c) hiaximum Design Pressure (r) heater capacity, watts, voltage, temperature dif-(d) Structural Capability Pressure ferential,if applicable. Figure 41 depicts, in general terms, the relationship 4.3 Size (Installed Capachy) of Air Cleaning Unit among these design pressures. The installed capacity (cfm) of the air cleaning unit 4.6.3 Operating Pressure. Operating (static) pres. shall be no greater than the limiting installed capacity sure shall be determined by summing the losses in total of any bank of components contair.ed in the air clean. pressure of all air path components between the open ing unit through which the airflow must pass. The in-atmosphere and the point in the system under consid. stalled capacity of any bank or stage of components eration and deducting one velocity head from the total should not exceed the number of components in the pressure, if positive, and adding one velocity head to bank times the rated capacity of theindividualcompo-the total pressure,1f negative. Losses shall be based on nents. Test cannisters shall not be included in deter-the most severe condition of resistance to rated air I 8 l

._s.. e l i l \\ NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AIR CLEANING UNITS AND COMPONENTS ASME N5091989 l l k 1 1 i i 9 t 7,/. N-1 v d 4 ' w"",l',/, n l Maximum

>=

epefating 5

,J>,"4 Test preswee i

P*" )I m% p* '=2 - ,>3

p;

,g 1p / 7 =,x N3 1 5 ,4=8 %x' V 5. f g> x; s 9., F,

4.,*

y i S h S "N,33# / ' s>,, # l I

~. ty' 4

,k EE l f lN" l V,"] design lllll Structural Man, mum '(( i p,,,,y,, oevgn ,;g pressure g s > ':k'! !I!! fk ~ h V ,', '~

+::

p A4,l d .m{y 2 s %.]s* lh, i _c xy& I GENERAL NOTE.. See para 3 for terms and defmitens FIG. 4 1 PRESSURE RELATIONSHIPS i 'd 9

e 'I NUCLE AR POWER PLANT AIR. CLEANING UNITS AND COMPONENTS ASME N509-1989 l flow for the design basis operating condition and will or transient pressure conditions due to rapid closure vary throughout the nutar air treatment system. of dampers, or anticipated system upsets which would q f it is recommended that the method for determining render the system inoperable. The maximum design pressure losses be derived from the ASHRAE Hand-pressure shall be equal to or greater than the maxi. book of Fundamentals, chapter on Duct Design. mum pressure differential after allowing for the vent-In addition to determining the normal operating ing effect of permanent openings and pressure relief pressure, the engineer shall review the system opera-devices in the system. tion and determine the maximum operating pressure 4.6.5.2 ESF nuclear air treatment systems lo-to which the components may be subjected to due to cated m. side a containment structure shall be designed off normal conditions. Examples of off-normal oper, either to withstand the maximum differential between sting conditions where the condition will not render the primary containment structure design pressure the system inoperable and may not be noticed, or cor-and the normal primary containment structure oper-rected, in a short time period are closure of branch ating pressure as specified in para. 4.3; or be equipped dampers or registers. The pressure associated with with a self restoring pressure relief device tolimit the rapid closure of fan isolation darnpers which would pressure differential from the initial post accident subsequently render the system inoperable should not transient to levels that will not cause collapse, strue. be considered as a maximum operating pressure. tural damage, or loss of function. However, this pressure should be considered in deter, mining the maximum design pressure as discussed in 4. 6. 5. 3 11 is not necessary to use the maximum ptra. 4.6.5. design pressure as the basis for leak testing compo-An engineer shall include the maximum operating nents if the maximum design pressure is due to tran-(static) pressure in specifications for all nuclear air sient conditions which would not be coincident with treatment system components, including ducts. Fan high radioactivity levels inside the pressurc boundary specification requirements shall be based on either to~ or would not significantly alter the health physics tal pressure or Fan Static Pressure as defined in para. analysis in para. 4.14. 5.7 and AMCA 201. Calculations shall document the operating pressure as the basis for determining the 4.6.5.4 Alt Cleaning Units and Components j } required test p essure (refer to para. 4.6.4)and for de-That Must Withstand Fan Peak Pressure termination of allowable pressure boundary leakage (a) Posirne Pressure. Air cleaning units and com-(para. 4.14). ponents including ducts located on the discharge side of fan (s) which can be isolated by closure of a down-4.6.4 Leak Test Pressure. The pressure to be used stream damper, or potentially plugged components to shop and/or field test air-cleaning units and com-shall be designed to withstand a positive internal pres-ponents (such as ducts, housings, and component sure equal to or greater than the peak pressure of the mounting frames) to determine air leak rates shall be fan (s). If provision is made to deenergize fan (s) on specified by the engineer. The test pressure shall be the high dif ferential pressure or low flow, the components static pressure, acting in the direction of the operating shall be designed to withstand the trip point design pressure. This pressure usually equals or exceeds the pressure plus a margin to include the rate of pressure highest operating pressure of the item being tested. rise between reaching the pressure setpoint and the The test pressure shall not be less than 4 in. w.g. for time for the instrumentation response, or 10%, duct and housing leak tests and not less than I in. w.g. whichever is greater. for mounting frame leak tests and shall not exceed the (b) Negative Pressure. Air-cleaning units and com-structural capability of the component (para. 4.6.6). ponents located on the inlet side of fan (s) which can be The test pressure for each component to be tested isolated by closure of an upstream damper, or poten, f shall be documented by the engineer along with the tially plugged companents shall be designed to with-t operating pressure (para. 4.6.3) and included by the stand a negative internal pressure equal to or more I testing organization in the test procedures. negative than the peak pressure of the fan (s). If provi-sion is made to deenergize fan (s) on high differential 4.6.5 Maximum Design Pressure pressure or low flow, the components shall be de-4.6.5.1 Nuclear air treatment systems shall be signed to withstand the trip point design pressure plus structurally designed to withstand the maximum pres. a margin to include the rate of pressure rise between sure differential which each component may experi-reaching the pressure setroint and the tirne for the in-ence due to normal operating pressure; test pressure; strumentation response or 10%, whichever is greater. 10

.~_- - 0 o NUCLEAR POWER PLANT air-CLEANING - UNITS AND COMPONENTS ASME N509 t9B9-1 ! 4.6.5.6 The maximum design pressure shall be Structural Capability + 13 in. w.g. q l' documented by an engineer by calculation, including Pressure (10 x 1.25 = 12.5) the basis for the condition, and included in procure-ment specifications for manufacturer's design.- NOTEi AU pressures noied above are static pressure. 4.6.6 Structural Design Capability Pressure 4.6.7.2 An alt-cleaning unit is located on the dis-4.6.6.1 The structural design capability pressure charge side of an alt cleaning unit fan and is subjected shall equal or exceed the maximum design pressure to a normal ope:ating pressure of 7 in, w.g. and maxi. and shall be the static pressure to which the air. mum operating pressure of 10in, w.g. (dirty filter con-cleaning unit can be safelyloaded without permanent ditions). It is determined that failure of discharge distortion. This pressure is typically a minimum of damper at housing outlet would subject housing to a ~ 1.25 times the maximum design pressure. maximum design pressure of 20in. w.g. The following design pressures are specified: ) 4.6.6.2 The engineer and/or component manu-Normal Operating Pressure + 7 in. w.g. facturer shall document the structural design capapil. . ity pressure for each component. This documentation Max mum Operating + 10 in w.g. Pressure shall be provided to the owner. Test Pressure 10 x 1.25 = - + 12.5 4.6.7 Example in,w.g. 'l 4,6.7.1 A duct section located in a branch far use + 13 in, w.g. from the fan is subjected to a normal operating posi. Maximum Design Pressure + 20 in~. w.g. - tive pressure of 1.0 in, w.g. Under upset conditions i (e.g., closure of a fire damper) the pressure could in-Structural Design Capabil. + 20 x 1.25 = + 25 crease to 3 in. w.g. upstream of the fire damper. Fur-ity Pressure in. w.g. thermore, failure of the isolation damper on the fan ) i discharge would subject a section of duct between the fan and damper to 20in, w.g. The fan discharge duct, 4.7 Nuclear Air Treatment System Configuration under normal operating conditions, experiences a "".d Location I I ' static pressure of 6 in, w.g, it is expected that due to Physicallocation and arrangement of the compo-register / balancing damper closure the maximum de-nems of a nuclear air treatment system influence the sign pressure would be 8 in w.g. The following design requirements for leak tightness for the various parts of - pressures would be specified: the pressure boundary. Air flow should be from po-tentially less contaminated areas to potentially more Branch Duct contaminated areas. Whenever possible, rocting of Normal Operating Pressure. + 1.0 in, w.g. contaminated air through clean spaces or interspaces. for Branch Duct should be avoided. If this can not be done, the Feneral Maximum Operating + 3.0 in, w.g. guidance in this section should be followed. Pressure Nonmandatory Appendix B, Figs. B-4, B 5, and - Test (Leak) Pressure ~ + 4.0 in, w.g. (min.) B-6, schematically depict examples of possible combi-Maximum Design Pressure + 5.0 in, w.g. nations and location of fan and air cleaning unit to

(Selected to envelope mmimize impact of system contaminated outleakage operating and transient on surroundng clean spaces and interspaces as well pressures) as contaminated inleakage into a cleaner system component.

'l Structural Design + 7.0 in w.g. General guidance for various applications is as inoi. Capability Pressure (5 x 1.25 - 6.25) cated in paras. 4.7.1 through 4.7.3.- . p' Fan Discharge Duct - 4.7.1 Effluent Nuclear Air Treatment System Normal Operating Pressure + 6 in, w.g. (Once Through) - Maximum Operating + 8 in, w.g. Pressure (a) Maintain ducts conveying contaminated air through clean spaces or clean interspaces at a negative-Duct Leak Test Pressure + 8 in. w.g. pressure with respect to the surrounding areas. Maximum Design Pressure + 10 in. w.g. (b) With air cleaning unit located in a clean inter- [g (Selected to envelope Maxi. space, locate exhaust fan downstream of air cleaning . mum Operating Pressure)

unit in order to keep air cleaning unit under negative 11

j NUCLt AR POWER PLANT AIR-CLEANING UNITS AND COMPONENTS ASME N5091989 pressure. Any leakage through fan shaft will be from inspection as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA). clean interspace. Some design features which contribute to keeping (c) When air cleaning units are located in contami-these exposures ALARA are the following. nated spaces or interspaces, the fan shall be located (a) Man entry air cleaning units should be located upstream of the air-cleaning unit to prevent infiltra-at floor level or should be equipped with a permanent a tion of contaminated air through fan shaft, or into the service gallery at least 4 ft wide with permanent stsin filter housing downstream of filters, thereby bypass-or fixed ladders. ing filters. (b) Smaller air-cleaning units should be located at a (d) The length of positive pressure discharge ducts height above the Door or work gallery level convenient from the air cleaning unit routed through clean spaces for access, based on human factors and the design of or interspaces should be kept as short as practical to the housing, minimize outleakage from ductwork from impacting (c) The arca in which the air-cleaning unit is located in plant personnel exposure, shall be served by a clear aisle wide enough to acc mm a e se ng nternal c mynents and 4.7.2 Habitability Systems equipment. (a) Outside air ducts routed through clean spaces or (d) Sufficiently wide clear area adjacent to the interspaces that may convey radioactive air following housing door or hatch shall be provided to allow serv-a release shall be under a negative pressure relative to e ng the air cleaning unit; a space of at least 4 ft wide the spaces

x 7 ft high is recommended. The clear work space (b) Negative pressure recircuiating air ducts that may also serve as aisie space as long as it can be used pass outside the habitable space should be avoided or while servicing the air cleaning unit, or it may serve as additional filtration provided, the clear space for an adjacent air-cleaning unit.

(c) The makeup air f an shall be located: (e) Clearance of 18 in is recommended above the (/) upstream of air cleaning unit if air-cleaning housing for installation and inspection, unit is in a contaminated space; (/) Elevated work galleries shall be designed in ac-(2) downstream of air cleaning unit if air. cordance with Occupational Safety and Health Act cleaning unit is in a clean space. (OSH A) requirements. (d) The length of positive pressure ducts outside of (p) Ducts that will have to be cleaned out periodi-l l the habitable boundary should be kept as short as pos' cally shall be equipped with low leakage access hatches sible to reduce effect of duct leakage on abihty to pres-at strategic points. surize habitable bounaary. (c) Recirculating system housings should be kept at 4.8.2 internal Spaci f or Maintenance. For case of a positive pressure if located outside habitable bound. maintenance, air cleaning unit design should provide ary in a contaminated space or interspace. for a minimum of 3 ft from mounting frame to mount- "E'"**

I * '#" *

I "
P "'"I' ' " "
M '

4.7,3 Recirculating Nuclear Air Treatment nents are to be replaced between mounting f rames, the Systems bank-to bank dimension should be the maximum de. (a) If an air cleaning unit is located in a clean space flated length of component plus a minimum of 3 ft. or interspace outside of the space served, the fan The designer should consider susceptibility of perma-should be located downstream of the air cleaning nently installed testing manifolds to damage in deter-unit. mination of maintenance space. An extra 3 ft bank to (b) Fans may be either upstream or downstream of bank spacing should be considered for testing mani-air cleaning units if located totally within the space fold clearance when manifolds are permanently served. installed. (c) The length of ductwork outside the space served should be kept to a practical minimum. h 4.9 Monitoring of Operational Variables 4.9.1 External Effects. The designer should con-4.8 Maintainability Criteria sider condensation, flooding, seismic requirements, 4.8.1 Access for Service, Testing, and inspec-temperature, humidity, radiation exposure, and vi. + tion. The air cleaning unit shall he designed to keep bration, as applicable, in the design of all instrument l radiation exposures dur ng maintenance, testing and installations. 12

j. i NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AIR CLEANING ASME NSo9 t989 UNITS AND COMPONENTS 4.9.2 instrumentation, Alarms, and For this purpose, a minimum circulatory air flow - shallbe available for all operational modes of the alt-Handswitches (a) As a minimum, the designer shall provide the cleaning unit and shall be based on the maximum pos- . cppropriate monitoring instruments, alarms and sible radioactivity loading on the adsorbent beds. 1 handswitches on or adjacent to each air cleaning unit Water deluge systems are not acceptable for this and redundant instruments,' alarms, and handswit'

purpose, ches at a remote manned control panelin accordance with Table 41 for ESF alt cleaning units and Table -

4 2 for non ESF alt cleaning units. 4.11 Fire Protection (b) For non ESF air cleaning. units, a common alarm of alllocal alarms shall be provided on the main 4.11.1 General. Nuclear air treatment systems controt room panel for each air cleaning unit. individ-sball be designed, fabricated, and installed so as to ual alarms may be provided on the main control room minimize the use of combustibles. Filter media, seal-panel for cach local alarm if desired in beu of a com-ants, gaskets, and insulation shall meet the require-mon alarm. ments in Section 5. (c) For ESF air cicaning units, local controls shall 4.11,2 Fire Detection. When adsorbers are pro-be secured to prevent unauthorized use. vided, a fire detection system shall be installed down. 4.9.3 Qualification of instrumentation Alarms cam cac ca na r an to Med eder

I and Handewitches for ESF Air Cleaning Units

- "I

' * * * ' *

E"* " " F

' I *""' (a) Localinstrumentation and associated mount- " 8" ings (excluding transmitters, handswitches, limit-switches and associated mountings) shall be qualified and application (e.g., low air velocity, stratification). to remain intact, but not necessarily functional under A two-stage alarm shall be provided, The fire detec. the structural loading and environinent specified in tion system shall operate an alarm (first stage) upon t e n emperaWe a ve a Meananged seb ( oc 1 transmitters, handswitches, iimit-point and automatically trip f an(s) and isolate the air-j switches and associated mountings shall be qualified cleaning unit. The second stage shall operate an' alarm to remain intact and completely functional under the when a fire is detected. Documentation shall be pro-structuralloadings and environment specified in para. v ded to the owner which shows that the fire detection '"P Instrumentation, alarms and handswitches st carbon adsorber bed, the remote manned control panel shall be qualified to remain intact and functional for the structural load-4.11.3 Fire Protection Procedures. Plant fire pro-ings that may occur in the area in which the panelis tection procedures should include requirements that upon first-stage high temperature alarm, the plant located. E* P .4.9.4 Equipment Status. Each item powered or a c a ion controlled electrically (fan motor, valve or damper operator, fire protection systems, solenoid valves, 4.11.4 Fire Hazard Analysis. A fire hazard analy-etc.) shall be provided with status indication for the sis shall be performed for all air cle. ming units and energized mode, located in accordance with Table 4-1 components in accordance with 10 CFR 50 Appendix for ESF air cleaning units and Table 4 2 for non ESF R and NFPA 803, except that for adsorbers consider. air cleaning units, to show the operational status of ation shall be given to the type of carbon (or other me. dia) utilized in adsorbers and the potential for fire. the item. 4.11.5 Fire Protection Systems. Fire protection -{ systems, when provided, may use water deluge, inert gases (e.g., Halon, CO ) or other extinguishing agents 2 4.10 Adsorbent Cooling as appropriate for the hazard and designed in accord-Where heat of radioactive decay or heat of ox.da* ance with all applicable NFPA standards, i tion or both may be significant, means shall be pro-vided to remove this heat from the adsorbent beds to 4.11.6 Water Deluge Systems. Deluge nozzles lg.g limit temperatures to values below 300*F to prevent should be permanently mounted within the housing l and located to ensure that both the deep-seated or significant iodine desorption. l[ 13 L 1 .a,. L%

.m _. _ _. ~. ?. NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AIR CLtANINO f! . ASME N6091989 UNITS AND COMPONENTS 4I l TABLE 41 INSTRUMENTATION FOR ESF AIR CLEANING UNITS - t Roadout/ Alarm Location. j } ~ Sensing Location . Remote Manned j (Note (1H - Local . Control Penel Unit Irdet Fill atternately at location No,16, F(AH, All alter. (High Velocity Portion) T(l) afternately at location No. 2 or nately at location No 4 No.16 Space Demister APil, AH'l [ NOTE (2)! Space Electric Heating Coli SL. Space T(1, AL, AH; T(1,AH,AL ATl Prefdter - AP(l.AH) Space Pre-HEPA AP(l. A Hj AP(AH; I

. IPIAH) opponal

) Space INote 1411 Adsorber Space T(i.AH 2 STAGE) T(1,AH 2 ST AGE) l INote (3)) INote (3)l 1 Postfdter - AP(1, AH) - Space Fan HS' SL' l Note (2)) HS.SL Unit Outlet See location No. t See location No 1 (High Ve.c city Portion) o ' Valve / Damper Operator SL' [ Note (2)! SL Fire Protection System - 1,AT INote (51) AT INote (5)) Parameters ( Al l Note (6)) instrument Function (a) (Note (6)) 1 F = Flow I = Indication SL = Status indication. I T = Temperature AH = High Alarm HS = Handswitch 4 AP = Differential Pressure AL = Low Alarm R = Record IAP = Summation Alarm (AP) AT = Trio Alarm NOTES: (1) The " Sensing Location" indicates t5e location within an air treatment unet where the specified sensors shall be located. The components are hsted en the sequence they are typically used;with " Space" indicating the component between two compo-nents. (2) Allinstruments are required except those marked with en (*) whech are recommended. (3) ist Stage segnats an alarm only 2nd stage signals an alarm and permits manual actuation of fire protection system. (4) Total air-cleanmg unit AP alarm is optionalif each component whose pressure drop is subiect to change over tim 6 has individ-uat alarm or indication in Main Control Room. . {$) Manual valves are recommended with localindication at valve. Power actuated valves, if used, shall have local handswitches, and indication; and trip alarms on local and remote manned control panels. Flow of extinguishing agent shall be alarmed on local and remote manned control panels. (6) Atal: Measurment of parameter A teouires instrument function x. 14

NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AIR CLE ANING ASME N$09-1989 UNITS aNO COMPONENTS i I l TABLE 4 2 INSTRUMENTATION FOR NON ESF AIR CLEANING UNITS Readout / Alarm Location Remote Manned Sensing Location (Nota till Local (Note (21) Control Par.el Untt In6et F(l) attomately at location No.10. (High Velocity Portion) T(l) atternately at location No. 2 or 4 Spece Demister (if app 4 cab 6el AP(1,AH') INote (311 Space Electric Hesting Coil SL Space TI AH, AL,AT) Prefin.or AP(1, AH) l Note (31) Space Pre HEPA AP(l. AH'1 (Note (3)) Space Adsorber Space T(l. AH-2 STAGE) INote (4}} T(l.AH 2 STAGE)(Note (4)) Postfitter APill Space Fan HS,S L Unit Outlet See location Nc.1 (High Velocity Portion) Valve / Damper Operator SL' (Note (311 Fire Protection System l Note (5)] [ Note (511 Parameters ( A) INote (61) instrument Functxm (si lNote (611 F = Flow I - Indication SL = Status Indication T = Temperature AH = High Alarm HS = Handswitch AP = Differential Pressure AL = Low Alarm R = Record AT = Trip Alarm NOTES: (1) The " Sensing Location" trecates the location within en air treatment Unit where the specified sensors shall be located. The components are listed in the sequence they are typically used. with " Space" indicating the component between Iwo compo-nents. (2) For air cleaning units located inside containment. the requirement for LOC AL controls for handswitches, flow indication, and alarms for high dif ferential pressure, low and high flow and high temperature shall mean controls shall be located on a panel located outside containment. (3) Allinstruments are reavired except those marked with an (*) which are recommenced. (4) 1st Stage signais an alarm only 2nd stage segnals an elarm and permits manual actuation of fire protection system 6 (5) See Note (4)in Table 41. (6) A (x): Measurement of parameter A requires instrument function x. 15

~ NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AtR. CLEANING UNITS AND COMPONENTS ASME N509-1989 surface fires can be extinguished. Nozzles shall be manifolds shall be provided to allow injection and piped to an accessible location outside the housing and sampling per ASME N510. Refer to para. 5.6.5 for l ptovided with tedundant leak tight isolation detailed requirements on sampling and injection man. (O.S.&Y.) valves and a connection suitable for man-ifolds. ual attachment to the plant's fire protection system. (b) Sufficient test cannisters or other means of ob-Permanently connected fire protection systems are taining samples (see Appendix A) of used adsorbent g not r(commended, but may be used in lieu of manual shall be installed in the adsorber system to provide a hose connections. representative determination of the response of the adsorbent to the service environment over the pre-4.11.7 Actuation of Fire Protection Systems, if dicted life of the adsorbent. Test cannisters shall be in-the result of the fire hazard analysis requires that a fire stalled in a location where they will be exposed to the protection system be provided for an air cleaning same airfl w c nditions as the adsorbent m the sys-unit, the fire protection system should be manually ac-tem, shall have the same adsorbent bed-deptn as the tuated. Automatic actuating water deluge systems are ads rbent in the system, and shall be filled with repre-not recommended because spurious actuation of sentative adsorbent from the same batch of adsorbent detection / automatic protection systems will signifi-as that of the system. cantly degrade adsorber capability and damage the The quantity of test cannisters to be provided shall adsorber. be based on the expected frequency of operation. For 4.11.8 If permanently connected fire protection continuously operating systems, where laboratory systems are installed, provision shall be made to acti-testing of carbonis required every 720 hr of operation, vate an alarm upon initiation of flow of extinguishing a minimum of 18 test cannisters is recommended. Foi i agent (e.g., water, Halon, CO ). those systems where laboratory carbon testing is re-l 2 quired once every 18 months, a minimum of 6 test can-4.11.9 Returning Alt Cleaning Unit to Service. If nisters is recommended. If the adsorber operation carbon does become wet, the wet carbon shall be re, may vary from part time to continuous then classify-moved from the adsorber to prevent structural dam, ing the adsorber as continuous is recommended. age to the adsorber due to chemical interaction. The type of test cannister desiga (including connee-Before placing the air-cleaning unit back in service, ti n to adsorber bank) shall be qualified by the manu-the adsorber shall be thoroughly dried, visually in, facturer. Any ci ange in the cannister design or spected for corrosion damage, dried carbon shall be mounting to bank shall require a retest. The qualifica-laboratory tested per para. 5.2.3, and adsorber leak tion test shall measure air velocity at the test cannister. testing shall be performed per ASME N510-1989. Measured velocity shall be 110% of adsorber bank design velocity. Tests on each production air-cleaning 4.12 Insulation unit are not required. (c) Access shallbe provided between banks of com Acoustic linings, thermal insulation, and similar ponents in the housing to permit physical inspection materials shall not be applied to the inside of ducts and of both sides of each bank; components shall not be housings. Materials applied to the outside of ducts installed back to-back on the same or opposite sides and housings shall not prevent access to any bolted of the same mounting frame,or on adjacent mounting construction joint, door, access hatch, or instrumem frames which are so close as not to permit adquate in the housing or ducting or result in penetrations access space between banks. through the pressure boundary which would result in exceeding allowable leakage rates in accordance with para. 4.14. 4.14 Pressure Bcundary Leakage '9 I 4.13 Testability allowable leakage across the pressure boundary of any (a) To ensure that the testing requirements of this portion of an nuclear air treatment system shall be Standard can be met, sufficient permanently installed based on health physics requirements. Leakage into or halide and DOP injection and sampling norts shall be out of nuclear air treatment systems may affect: provided to permit accurate testing in accordance with (a) control room habitability; ASME N510. (b) plant personnel exposure during normal plant Where required for proper challenge agent mixing operation due to contaminated outleakage in cican and/or sampling, multiple inlet or outlet distributton spaces or clean interspaces; 16 L

d }h I NUCLI AN POWIH PL ANT AlQ CLE ANIN UNITS AND COMPONtNTS ASML Nt+091989 (c) plant personnel exposure due. en siive sys. 5 COMPONENTS tem inleakage which presents the nus e air treat. i 6.1 HEpA Filtera I ment system from performms its design function in contaminated spaces or contaminated interspaces llLPA filters shall meet the construction, matnial, during plant normal, upset, or accident conditions; test, and qualification requirernents of military speci. (d) of(site exposure during plant normal, upset, or fication hill F 51068, except that listing of manufac-accident conditions, turer's HEPA filter products on the U.S. Army's ua e ets st s n t requhel Gass %n 4.14.2 Calculation of Allowahle LeakaDe. The " " * ' ' ' 9 " "" # "" system designer (enginect) shall determine leakage cri. teria and allowable leakage to meet governing codn, 'P'

"U "

"##'EI" aH ase cuments ns mng 3 at they have standards, regulations, and plant specific require-ments for required portions of the nuclear air treat-passe and tuts densnated by hillI 51068 for: newly n End NA Mus, ment system pressure t>oundary (ducts, housing, ^ dampers, fans, etc.)The basis for determining the leak "#'"N"8 I"# I' rate, the leak rate value(s), and coincident operatir.g (static) pressure shall be documented and piovided to (c) HEPA filters being terated for a higher airflow the ow ner. an odginaHy qua%ed for. AJditional leakage criteria may be applied to the Requalification is required to be performed by the pressure boundary an determined by the owner to meet manufacturn ena s years, plant specific ALARA programs and/or tegulatory requirements. 5.L1 gonsuuction. Mus for use in containment Additional leakage criteria can be found in non-or in ESI systems shall be metal case type (Type 11 mandatory Appendix D, including examples of deter-frames as defmed by hill F.51068) and shall be com-mining allowable leakage for typicalinstallations. patible with the chemical composition of the air stream. filter systems exposed to temperature s greater 4.14.3 Leak Test Parameters. Components shall than 200T shall hase steel cell sidn. g be designed, fabricated, and installed so as not to cacced allowable leakage at specified operating 5.1.2 Radiation Resistance. Radiation resistance pressure. of filter media shall meet the requirements of hill F. Where shop and/or field tests are required by Table $1079 and conditions hsted in para. 4.2.1. 91 and AShtE N510, the system designer shall specify the test pressure and corresponding maximum allw a-5.1.3 Documentation ble leak rate (sefm). Test pressure shall be selected 5.1.3.1 A Certificate of Conformance shall be g based on th? test procedures in ash 1E N510 and the provided to the owner certifying that: maximum operating (static) pressure. (c) the filter assembly has been designed in accord. If the leak rates are measured at a test pressure not ance with para. 5.1; equal to the operating static pressure, the measured (b) the materials of construction comply with leak rates shall be converted as follows to allow com. paras. 5.1,5.1.1, and 5.1.2; parison to allowable unit leak rates at operating (c) the filters and filter media have been qualified in piessure: accordance with para. 5.l; f,, g (g) (d) the filters and filter media have been tested in (P L*l accordance with para. 5.1; r or er (e) the filters have been packaged in accordance f where with para. 6. L, = allowable unit lerk rate at test pressure, 6.1.3.2 in addition, the following documenta. cfm/ft' tion shall be provided: 1,, = allowable unit leak rate at operstmg 4tatic (a) copies of the production test results required by pressure, cfm/f t' hiihtary Standards; P, = selected test pressure, in. w.g. (b) copies of all filter case materialcertifications,if Por = operating (static) pressure, m w g. required by the owner's purchasing docurnents g 5.1.3.3 Littmg of hianufacturer's llEPA filter ng pres $uYe$r In'o et u!en producti on the U.S. Army's Qualified Products hst is o r u the i e approp, aie relaaonship tietween airnos rate and pregiure shall tie used not required. 17

/ NUC.Lt A4 POWER PLANT Am CLE ANING UNITS AND COMPONENTS ASMI N6091DB9 i I 5.2 Adsorbers proside instructions for removing the adsorbent un. der a sariety of conditions, including while wet and g 5.2.1 Flat Bed and Pleated Bed Adsorber Cells. cated. ALARA considerations should be incorpo. ] Tray type arW deep bed adsorber cells shall meet the sated into manufacturer s design. I requirements for Type 11 or Type !!! cells, respec-tively, of ASME/ ANSI AG l-1968 Sections FD, Type 11 Adsorbers, and FE, Type 111 Adsorbers; rad 5.2.3 Adsorbent Flequirements shall be filled with an adsorbent, each batch of which 5.2.3.1 Adsorbent media used in ESF adsorbets meets the requirements of para. 5.2.3. shall meet the requirements of ASME/ ANSI AG 1-19S8, Section FF, Adsorbent Media. 5.2.2 Adsorber Design 5.2.3.2 Adsorbent media used in non ESF ad-5.2.2.1 joints which are gasketed, caulked, or sorbers shall meet the requirements of ASME/ ANSI scaled with clastomeric materials shall not be em-AG 11988, Section FF, Adsorbent Media. i ployed between the upstream and downstream sides of 5.2.3.3 For ESF and non ESF adsorbent, tests the adsorbent bed, frames, or any part of the installa, shall be conducted on unused adsorbent for the condi. tion. Test cannisters for Type 11 Adsorbers, or reser-tions specified in the plant's Technical Specifications, voir covers for Type 111 Adsorbers shall be tasketed to These tests shall be referred to as benchmark surveil-the mounting surface. Perforated metal shall be in-lance tests. Acceptance criteria shall t e in accordance stalled with the smooth side in contact with carbon. with Technical Specifications. These results may be 5.2.2.2 The adsorbent bed shall be so arranged used as a benchmark for comparing adsorbent test that no air can bypass the adsorbent and the minimum performance after acceptance testing and following { residence time of air in the adsorbent is 0.25 see per 2 each periodic surveillance test. in, bed depth, if there is significant potential for ad-sorber degradation due to " poisoning" from con-5.2.4 Drawings. Outline drawings showing major taminants in the airstream, a bank of unimpregnated dirnensions, dimensional tolerances, methods of seal-carbon may be installed upstream of the impregnated ing and baffling, and method of installation shall be adeorbent. There shall be no internal structures within furnished. The drawings for all adsorbers shall show the adsorbent bed, such as through. bolts, where air the materials of construction and screen details (hole bypass can occur. diameter and spacing, open area)in accordance with the IPA Designers, Specifiers and Iluyers Handbook 5.2.2.3 Screens shall be supported by stiffeners f r Perf rated Metal. which are external to the adsorbent bed to assure uni-formity and integrity of the bed. 5.2.5 Documentation 5.2.2.4 Means shall be provided for filling the 5.2.5.1 Standard Adsorber Cells. A report giv-air-cleaning unit with absorbent and compacting it i ing the information specified in Sections FD, FE, and uniform packing density throughout all cross sections FF of ASME/ ANSI AG 1-1988 shall be furnished to of the bed, in a vertical direction, this density shall the onm vary only to the extent that the lower portion of the bed supports the weight of the adsorbent placed above 5.2.5.2 Other Adsorber Designs. A report giv- [ it. Adsorbers shall be filled in accordance with Appen, ing the information specified in para. 5.2.5.1 shall be l dix D of ASME/ ANSI AG 1-1988, Section FE. For furnished to the owner. A detailed written procedure designs in which a fill hopper is included in the design, for filling and emptying the adsorber shall also be a 5% by weight reserve capacity beginning one bed furnished. depth above the perforated screen shall be in'.;aded. 5.2.2.5 All raaterials in contact with the adsurb. A ent shall be Type 300 Series stainless steel. 5.3 Profilters and Postfilters 5.2.2.5 Means shall be provided for emptying Prefilters and postfilters shall be replaceable, ex. adsorbent, including wet or caked adsorbent. Direct tended media, dry type, meeting the requirements for access to the top and bottom portion of the air-Group 111 filters of ARI 680, and shall be listed as cleaning unit should be provided for emptying adsorb. Class i filters in the current UL Iluilding Materials ent. The manufacturer of the air cleaning unit shall Directory. Media shall be moisture resistant. l I ts

J NUCLE AR POW!R PL ANT Am CLt ANING UNITS AND COMPONINTS ASMt Nt091989 5.3.1 Rating. Filters shall have published ratings, 5.4.1 Drawings. Drawings showing the details of in accordance with ARI 680, as follows: construction, methods of sealing, baffling, and drain-q (a) average atmospheric dustapot elficiency in ac-ing, dimensions, dimensional tolerances, resistance cordance with ASHRAE Standard $2, for postfilters characteristics, and method of installation shall be of 95%, and 45% for prefilters; furnished to the owner. The locations and stres of (b) airflow capacity: same as or greater than drains to remove collected water, materials of con-1(EPA filters for the same filter frame face area, struction, and other information required to properly install, use, and maintain the moisture separators 5.3.2 Sire. It is recommended that the filter frame shall be included on the drawings, face dimenslora of prefilters be pproximately the same (i.e., within 1 ! in.) as the filter frame face 5.4.2 Documentation. A report showing the dimensions of the llEPA filters with which they will results of satisfactory qualification testing of the type be used, of moisture separator proposed shall be furnished to the owner if the equipment supplied has not been pre-6.3.3 Documentation. A report giving the outline viously satisfactorily tested and reported in available dimensions, description of construction, materials of published literature as in htSAR 7145, NYO 3250-6, construction, certification of conformance with UL. or other documents of comparable detail. 900, and certification of efficiency in accordance with i ASHRAE. Standard 52 shall be furnished to the 6.5 Air Heaters Heaters shall be electric and capable of meeting the 9" I"' " '

8' 5.4 Moisture Separators tion tests may be made on small scale models of the bioisture separators shall be of a design that has complete heating assembly. Heaters shall be designed been qualified by testing in accordance with the proce.

for replacement without metal cutting or welding. { dures described in htSAR 71-45, NYO 32%6, or an Heaters shall not be attached directly to or grounded i equivalent program. hioisture separators shall be to the adsorber mounting frame. Heaters shall be found by test to be capable of: physically sized such that face velocity exceeds manu. (a) removing at least 99% by weight of the en. facturer's minirnum requirement. This will usually trained moisture in an airstream containing approxi, result in a heater with a smaller eross section that pre-g mately 1.5 to 2 lb of entrained water per 1,000 cu ft, filter or HEPA filter banks. Heaters should therefore and be located relative to HEpA filters such that a uni-(b) at least 99% by count of 5 to 10 pm diameter form airflow distribution at the HEPA filter can be droplets, without visible carryover, when operating at obtained. The design of the alDcleaning unit should rated airflow capacity, incorporate diffuser plates or other means to achieve The pressure drop at rated flow, when dry and when uniform airflow distribution at the HEPA filters in ae. wet, shall be established by qualification testing, hia-cordance with AShtE N510,if necessary. terials of construction (media, gaskets, etc.) shall be such that the moisture separator can perform its de. 5.5.1 Hester Stage. The heater stage shall be sized sign function under the radiation dose specified in on the basis of heat transfer calculations showing a ca. para. 4.2. Liquid removed by the moisture separators pability of reducing the maximum expected relative shall be sent to a liquid radwaste system or a building humidity of the entering airstream mixture to approxi. equipment drain sump. The selection of the system to mat ely 70% in the housing space between the moisture which this liquid is sent should be based upon its capa-separator or housing inlet (whichever is applicable) bility to handle the quantity and radioactivity level of and the refilter stage, at the system design flow rate, the liquid associated with the anticipated moisture The sensible heat produced by the heater stage shall separator drainage. Drainage should not be open and not result in increasing air temperatures to more than ALARA considerations should be accounted for in 225'F. An overtemperature cutoff switch set at this drainage design. The drainage system shall be de-value shall be provided. hianually reset overtempera-signed so that it does not result in a bypass around air ture cutoff switches are not recommended for ESF air-f} cleaning components. Drains shall rneet the require-cleaning units located in areas not accessible following ments of para. 5.6.2. a DilA. 19

NUCLt AA POWl4 PLANT AIR CLt ANING ASME N5cD 1989 UNITS AND COMPONENTS 5.5.2 Drawings. Drawings showing the details of deformation that would impair function or unaccep-l construction, dimensions, dimensional tolerances, tably impact pressure boundary integrity. This shall sire and location of sersices (i.e., electrical connee-include both long term loads (i,e., door clamps, door tions), and method ofinstallation shall be f urnished io weight, pressure differential) and short term loads i the owner. (such as pressure surges, closing / opening door, etc.). 5.5.3 Heaters for ESF Systems. Heaters in ESF 11 using doors should avoid the use of sharp edges air cleaning units shall be qualified to meet the which could catch or tear protective clothing. requirements of IEEE 323 and IEEE 344. . Doon shah be of sumeknt she bat pap sage is possible by a person wearing anticontamina-5.5.4 Documentation. A report containing de. tion clothing and a respirator, and carrying the largest scription and results of qualification testing, and the routinely replaceable component used in that com-resistance, certification and serial number (s) o the partment. Where the housing size is less than the door r heaters purchased shall be furnished to the ow ner. If required, alternate methods of clamping, replaec-small scale model tests are the bases of design, scaled-ment, inspection, and testing must be provided. Man-up calculations must be provided. H eat transfer calcu. entry doors shall have a minimum clear opening of 20 lations shall be submitted to the owner if requested. in, wide x 50 in high. (3) Seals. Scaling surfaces be* ween door and door frame shall be designed for compression seahng. 5.6 Filter Housing Door design shall incorporate means for adjusting 5.6.1 General Requirements. Housings shall be e mpressi n forces and gasket compression. Gaskets designed and constructed to meet the structural and shall be installed on door and a " knife edge ' sealing pressure loadings of Section 4. Welding shall conform surface i r the gasket shall be provided. Gasket shall with para. 7.3. Layout of the housing and banks of be neoprene or silicone rubber with a recommended compones ts within the housing shall provide for ac-30-40 Shore A durometer, cess to both sides of each bank of components for e gadet shau be instaW in as few pieces as pos-s eI min mire number o@ims. Gasket kints shall rnaintenance and testing; and for uniform airflow (within 2 20'e of aserage)through each bank of com-be dovetailed type to prevent leakage due to misfitting ponents; the completed housing shah meet the requirementsof the air flow uniformitytest of ASME e gasket shall be protected from possible damage N510. It is recommended that no filter or adsorber when the door is opened by installmg gasket within a bank be higher than three 24 in. x 24in. HEPA filters channel or with a metal bar between door edge and or nine Type 11 adsorber cells unless permanently in. gasket to protect it in an equivalent manner, stalled service galleries are provided at approximately (4) Hmges and Larching Lugs. Door hinges shall j 7 ft. intervals with permanently installed ladders to be of sufficien' strength Io hold the door in correct po-sit n I r gasket sea ing. They shall allow free, low. provide for access to upper tiers of components for service and testing. t rque m vement I the door. Hinges shah be HEpA filter and adsorber mounting frames shal articulated so the door wiu seal against the gasket in meet the requirements of para. 5.6.3, and shah be the same manner as if only a smgle axis w as provided. scaled into the housing by welding; no mastics, scal-Latching lugs shall be of sufficient number, design, a , and menge for lug 4erm m and use. ants, or caulkin; compounds shall be used to seal the mounting frame. Duct and fan connections shall be Spacing shall enable a compression of at least 50% of located with respect to the air distribution uniformity n m na gasket thickness and provide a gasket com. requirement specified above Housings shall be tested press nn ty of 12Me. by the manufacturer in accordance with para. 5.6.5. (0) Lugs shall be located on all four sides of each door, i 5.6.2 Mechanical Design of Housings (b) There shall be a minimum of six or eight (a) Housing Doors lugs, depending on door size (one top, one bottom, (1) Design. Doors and door frames shall be of two or three on each side). Doors with a width greater marine bulkhead type or equivalent airtight construc-than 30 in. shall be provided with a minimum of two tion capable of meetmg the pressure. leak requirement lugs on top and bottom. of para. 5.6.1. (c) Lugs shallsealin less than 270 deg. motion. Doors shall be of sufficient strength to withstand (d) Lugs shall not have more than one handle [g the worst case combination of possible loads without per location; that is, there shau not be a handle to l 20 L

} N ASW Nb091989 tems,induemg air f rom contaminated interspaces into pon the inside clamp and a separate handle to the air cleaning unit, or blowing contaminated air en the clamp down. from the air-cleaning unit to a clean inter., pace. (c) Lugs shall be configured so that when gravity will hold them in the open position. Special consideration shall be given to additional drains depending on required services or components b(n/) Lugs shallindicate (or have permanent in-on the door) which direction to turn to open within each compartment. For example, additional drams may be required for: gelose. This shall be for each lug, or if all work the (/) moisture sepsrators asse, then indicated once on each door. (g) Lugs should open and seal with only the (2) condensing coohng units toeque that can reasonably be apphed by an averare (3) adsorber water deluge fire protection sprays a while suited up, if additional torque is re-The sire selected for each drain furnished in a housing red, a specific tool to provide the torque shall be shall be verified by calculation or test, and docu-tjed for each door, and so attached as to reasona-mented. My assure that it will be available during the life of the The number of normally open draint should be kept to a minimum (i.e., drains should be manually valved t. (h) Latching lug assemblies shall have a mini-off wben not needed during operation) to reduce the e isum r, umber of components and be designed so no possibilities of degrading the pressure boundary or loose components can f all of f. bypassing the air cleaning unit or filter banks. g (I) Latching lugs shall be designed to operate Traps or loop seals when used should be designed with no lubricant required within the pressure for the maximum operating (static) pressure the air-

ndary, cleaning unit may experience during system startup,

, Doors shall have provisions for locking and be fit-normal operation, system transients, or system shut-ted with inspection windows. Windows should be wire down. Provision should be made for manual or auto- $1 ass or high-strength plastie selected for the operating matic fill systems to ensure water loop seals do not sovironmental conditions. Doors shall be operable evaporate. If.nanual filling is utilized, a periodic in- ,a from both sides. Sufficient clearance shall be provided spection or filling procedure shall be implemented. A . - - to enable doors to be opened so that they do not block sight glass should be considered to aid in inspection. E access to service aisles and can be opened sufficiently The same applies if a local sump is included in the k ', to enable access for testing, filter replacement, repair, design. A orinspection. The drain system shall be designed so that unaccept- . Drawings for each type and size door shall be sub-able backup of liquids into the housing will not occur. Initted to the owner for review prior to fabrication. Hydraulic calculations shall be prepared to document l-? ' Door rirawings shat! show location and details of this feature of drain system design. Provision shall be '. 7 hinges, latching lugs, and viewports. Details on latch-made in plant radwaste system to treat maximum y - ing lug design (including shims and w ashers) and gas-coincident flow rate. $ ILet installation shall be included. Initialtesting of the drsin system shall be performed Y., (b) Lighting. Housings shall be fitted with vapor

by the owner on site, after installation, to demonstrate h;f tightlights between each bank of components. Light-o, rability.
- las fixtures shall be flush mounted and serviceable When shutoff valves or check salves are utilized, M from outside the housing. Lighting levels shall be de-they shall be initially tested on site, after installation,

,lermined based on personnel safety and inspection and periodically thereafter for operability and and testing needs. Supplementallighting for periodic

leakage, inspection may also be used. The light switch for each Valve leakage shall be considered as part of the al-light shall be located on the outside immediately adja-lowable housing leakage criteria derived in para. 4.14.

eent to the door to the space served by the light. Con-For check valves, surveillance inspections for opera-duits shall be located on the outside of the housing. bility and leakage shall be performed periodically in .N (e) Drains. Each housing compartment shall have accordance with air-cleaning unit Technical Specifica- "T floor drains which meet all allowable air leakage tion requirements. criteria. (d) HousingPenetrations. Allpenetrations shallbe +. r.dN,1 When piped to a common drain system, individual scaled by welding or having adjustable compression ,drainlines shall be valved, scaled, trapped, or other. gland type seals. Wise prctected to prevent bypassing of contaminated All penetrations by electrical conduit piping and tir around filters or adsorbers through the drain sys-sample and test manifolds shall be arranged and i 21 5

e. M NUCLE AR POW (R PLANT AIR.CLE ANiNg { ALMt N!,091909 UNITS AND COMPONENis individually scaled or vahed so that bypassing of service space between banks shall be dimensioned. IlEPA filters or adsorbers cannot take place. Electri-Drawings shallinclude sufficient detailto allow calcu-cal conduit open to the inside of the housing shall be lation of internal volume for housing and frame leak q st internally sealed to meet the allowable leakage speci-testing. b fied in para. 4.14. Detailed drawings and operating instructions in ac-p (e) Housing Connections cordance with para. 5.6.2(e) shall be submitted prior II (1) Duet housing interconnections shall be de-to fabrication. I signed with con iderttion for air distribution uni. Details of flexible connection construction,instv-( formity requirement of ASME N510-1989. Provision lation, and qualification shall be submitted prior to I shall also be ma-le to bolt on access covers on the hous-fabrication. ( ing inlet and outlet connections to facihtate in. place Details of drain svstems showing location, pipe size, i leakage testing. type of seals (vahes, loops) shall be submitted to I (1) Connection Gange requirements shall be in owner prior to fabrication. Detailed valve drawings accordance with para. 5.10. shall be submitted, if used. Flydraulic calculations (3) To allow for periodic housing pressure sur-and leakage test results shall be submitted prior to veillance testing, a 6 in, diameter,1 ft long, Danged shipping. connection with a welded longitudinal seam shall be provided at the housing inlet or the housing outlet for 5.6.3 Component Mounting Frames. Mounting connection *.o leak test blower assembly. A flanged, frames for all components (moisture separators, pre-gasketed cover plate shall be bolted to the connection. filters, heaters, llEPA filters, adsorbers, and postfil-(f) FlexiNe Connections ters) shall be all welded construction and seal-w elded (1) Flexible connections shall be designed Io into the housing to prevent trapping of contamination meet the requirements of paras. 4.2,4.6, and 4.14. between frame and housmg. (1) Flexible connectiors shall be rated by pre 9 llEPA filter frames shall be of a face scaled design sure and qualified life. The qualified life shall be de. meeting the structural requirernents of para. 4.3 of termined by testing and/or calculation and based on ERDA 76-21 or be otherwise designed to prevent rela-the environmental conditions provided by the Design tive nexure between the frame and the components Specification. Minimum physical properties (i.e., ten. mounted on the frame. Clamping of IIEPA filter 5 and sile strength) that are required to satisfy design hmc. adsorbers which employ gaskets for seahng to the tion and which are subject to degradation due to the frame shall be by a method which will produce a gas-environment shall be the basis of qualified life. Let compression denection of at least 50% without (3) Flexible connection pressure rating shall be exceeding a stress in the clamping device of 67% ofits determined by an ultimate strength test. The pressure yield strength, and w hich will produce a uniformity of rating of the connection shall be no greater than 50% gasket compression within :t 20% of the average com-of burst pressure. Calculation of burst pressure can be pressed thickness. Threaded latching devices shall be donein lieu of a test. Burst pressure shall exceed strue. stainless steel with non galling mating parts. Adsorber tural capability pressure, frames shall be of a type which will adequately sup-(() For qualification Dexible connections shall port the type of adsorber used; faces of the frame shall be stressed over a minimum of 10 cycles and then leak meet the tolerances of iiEPA filter frames given in tested to demonstrate leak tight integrity. Allowable Table 4 2 of ERDA 76-21, and clamping devices shall leakage and test pressure (fabric leakage and joint meet the requirements specified above for llEPA leakage) shall be determined in accordance with para. filter frames. Frames should be vertical (horizontal 4.14. airnow); horirontal mounting frames are not recom-(5) If adhesive is used in fabrication or installa, mended. There f hall be no penetta tions of any compo-tion of Dexible connections, it shall be environmen-nent mounting frame, except for test cannistern } tally qualified for use in expected environmental liEPA filters and T ype ll adsorber cells shall be indi, conditions, vidually clamped to their mounting frames. Recom-(g) HousingDrawings. } lousing drawings showing rnendations for mounting frames and component location and site of each door, drain, and housing installation are given in paras. 4.3 (for bank installa-duct or pipe connection shall be subdtted to the tions) and 6.2.1 (for single filter installations) of owner prior to fabrication. Drawings should also ERDA 76 21. Drawings of clamping devices for show location of lights, switche.6, and other appurte-llEPA filters and Type 11 adsorber celb shall be sub-n:nces. Location of heaters, coils, filter banks, and mitted to the owner prior to fabrication. 22

) NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AIR CLE ANING UNITS AND COMPONtNTS ASME N!,o91989 5.6.4 Materials and Protective Coatings copper, aluminum, and glass need not be coated, in-5.6.4.1 Materials of Construction. Carbon, ternal surf aces of normally opersting systems shall be steinless, and salvanized steel, aluminum, copper, treated to meet the requirements of Service Level 11 of 4 bronze, orslass used for the fabrication of parts, com. ANSI N$12 If environmental conditions do no signifi- ^ l ponents, air cleaning units, and systems covered by cantly change between normal and postaccident oper-this Standard shall meet the requirements of, and be ation. For Service Level li coatings, the requirements l . furnished in secordance with, ASTM standards sppli. of Table 51 apply; however, the requirements of cable to the type of material or item. The ASTM num-ASTM D 3843 dn not, ber(s) for all such material and copies of supporting Nongalvanized carbon steel external surfaces shall documentation (i.e., test tcports and/or materials. be coated or painted for corrosion resistance. Where manufacturer's certification) sha'l be filed by the fab. conditions exist outside of containment (e.g.,in sys-ricato: and made available to the owner on request. tems containing sprays with chemical additives) which Where a specific ASTM standard is required for an restric the use of aluminum, galvanized or electrolytte-item covered by this Stahdard, the designer shall spec. zine coated steel, external and internal surfaces of ify and the fabricator shall use such material. Where ESF hotisings shall be in accordance with psra, 5.6.4.2. post accident spray chemistry 'nay cause H genera. tion, the use of any material incompatible with the 5.6.4.4 Internal and external carbon steel sur-spray chemistry shall be avoided, faces of non ESF systems located outside of contain-5.6.4.2 Internal and external surfaces of both ment may be salvanized steel, electrolytic zine coated i I ESF and non ESF housings located inside contain. steel, or painted. ment shall be stainless steel or be treated with a paint 5.6.4.5 Galvanind surfaces shall meet the re-or protective coating that meets the requirements of quirements of ASTM A 123; electrolytic zine coated F ANSI N101.2' (for light water reactors) or the re-surfaces shall meet the requirements of Type 05 of 2 quirementsfor"severeexposure"of ANSIN512 (for ASTM A 164. Edges of steel sheared after coating, i-nuclear facilities other than light water reactors): the welds, and areas in which the galvanized coating has selection, application, and inspection of paints and been removed for any reason shall be treated with in. l coatings shall conform to and be documented in ae-organic zine rich paint (qualified to ANSI N101.2) to cordance with the requirements of ASTM D 384). restore the corrosion resistance of those areas. Bronze, copper, aluminum and glass need not be Galvanized surfaces that have been damaged shall l coated. Where conditions do not testrict its use (e.g.' be repaired with an appropriate qualified material pe -l when no chemical additives are used in containment ANSI N101.2. The damaged areas shall be coated to spray systems), galvanized steel and aluminum are ac-provide an equivalent to the original coating. ceptable for external and internal housing surfaces. 5.6.4.3 Internal surfaces of ESF systems located } outside of containment shall be stainless steel, galva. 5.6.5 Teating nized or electrolytic zine coated steel, or treated with 5.6.5.1 Sampling and injection manifolds in. a paint or protective coating meeting the requirements stalled within the filter housing should be designed for for Service I.evel 1, of ANSI N$12 and Table 51; the permanent installation within the housing, if perma-selection, application, and inspection of paints and nently installed manifolds cannot be provided, then protective coatings (including zine to the extent appli, manifolds shall be designed to be removable with each ' cable) shall conform to and be documented in accord. manifold piece numbered, tagged with permanent ance with the requirements of ASTM D 3843, Bronre, metat tags, and marked for reinstallation prior o each test, it should be noted that permanent manifold in-stallations are highly recommended in order lo obtain 'j better repeatability of test results and to eliminate the ' ASTM D 3911 shall be substituted in the apphcable paragraphs or need to enter housings which will decrease personnel , ANSI N101.2 regarding DBA requirements. radiation exposure. As a minimum, injection and lb subs t ted1n" ri cabie7ar'$ sampling manifolds are required between each pair of NSNl2 $ 1 25 a graphs for decontammabihty tests or N512. ASTM D 4082 shall be HEPA filter banks and between each pair of carbon substituted in applicable paragraphs for radiation tolerance tests adsorber banks. For systems with no inlet ducts or no -l. 8'SfM D 3s43 shall be substituted for ANSI N101.4 in apphcable outlet ducts, injection maalfolds and sampling mani-A paragraphs or ANSI N101.2 and N512 folds shall be located within the housing. Manifolds 23 _,, ~

_ v_ NVCLt AR POWtn PL ANT An CLE ANING $$ tlNITS AND COMPONEN13 ALME Nta0919t19 TABLE 51 COATING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS' l et>yskeU I ' Generoi t sposure D.contemenet on Chemicei Condition Redist6on fectoe Resistenc e Properoes System Type Eurtece (Note (2)) E sposure, ted: tNote (3)) (Note (4)] (Note (6)! Av tvestment internal Light <b m 10' 10, men. Chem. exposure All Air treatment taternal Lspht <fk 10' !>. men Chem esposure All, except 4tiresion i NOTES: til Costing perf orme%ce reavirements in accordence with ANSI N612 i

12) General Laposute Coriditions per Section 2 of AN$t Nb12 13i Decontaminetunity per Section 4 of ANSI N612. Minimum value specified.

Chemice! tesistence test H ning test or chemical esposure test per Section 6 of ANSI N512 (4) tbl Physical tests totwasion. ed5epon, direct impact resentence, weatheringt per Sechon 6 of ANSI N512. should conform with the general guidance given in 5.6.5.4 llousings or housing sections shall be leak tested in the shop prior to shipment, in accord. Appendix C. ance with ASME N510 Section 6. Leakage shall be no Manifolds shall be: (a) located to provide uniform mixing and sam. greater than acceptance criteria provided by the owner Results of housing leak tests shall be transmit-pling of the test agent. (b) located to allow for maintenance of the filter ted to the owner for his records. l elements, and 5.6.5.5 Airflow distribution testing shall be per-(e) designed such that they do not impair the func. tion of the adjacent filter banks or the structural formed in the shop prior to shipment in accordance with ASME N510, Section 8 to provide assurance that integrity of the fiber frames or housing when sub. manufacturer's design provides uniform air distribu. jected to the structural loadings listed in para. 41 tion. Shop tests shall simulate actual field entrance Each injection and sampling manifold shall be and exit duct connectiorts as closely as possible. Field shown on a drawing which indicates location within testing shall also be cm. ducted in accordance with the housing, distance from components, support ASME N510. detail, tube diameters, hole locations and diameters, location of valves and plugs. manifold identification Air cleaning units which are duphcates in design layout, and fabrication to other air cleaning units number, and manifold internal volume, which have been successfully tested and documented, Drawings shallbe submitted to the owner for review need not be shop tested for airflow distribution. Ac-prior to f abrication and final as-built drawings sub. ceptance criteria shall be as given in ASME N510. mitted to the owner after shop testing, Results of airflow distribution tests shall be docu-Manifold design and location shall be qualified by mented and transmitted to the owner for his records. shop tests per paras. 5.6.5.5 and 5.6.5.6. 5.6.5.2 Housings shall be visually inspected in 5.6.5.6 Air. aerosol mixing uniformity tests shall the shop prior to shipping. \\ isual inspection sha!! be be performed in the shop for each manifold which is I I performed m accordance with appbcable sections of provided by the manufacturer to be mounted within ASME N510-1989 Section 5. Observed deficiencies the filter housing. Air cleaning units and test mani. shall be documented on a visual inspection checklist, folds which are duplicates in design, layout, and f abri-required corrective action noted, and results of rein-g gg g spection documented. \\ isual inspection documenta-g gg gg g tion shall be transmitted to the owner for his records' tested for air. aerosol miting uniformity. Qualifica-5.6.5.3 All }iEPA filter frame and adsorber bed tion testing of sampling manifolds shall be conducted welds which could resuh in leakage bypassing HEPA in accordance with Appendix D. Qualification testing filters or adsorber beds shall be shop tested with mag-of injection manifolds shall be performed in accord-ance with ASME N510 Section 9. Results of tests netic particle or bquid penetrant in accordance with shall be documented and transmitted to the owner. the requirement in para,7.3. In addition, cach HEpA and adsorber frame shall be pressure leak tested in the These results shall qualify the design and installation shop in accordance with ASME N510, Section 7. of the sample manifolds prior to shipment. Accept-f Leakage shall not be greater than 0.t re of rated flow, ance criteria shall be as given in ASME N510. Field 24

l NUCLt AR POWt n PLANT AIR Ctt ANING UNITS AND COMPONENTS ASME Nt>0919BD i 1 testing shall also be conducted in accordance with materials shall be selected to perform their required AshtE N510 af ter installation, function under the environmental conditior s speci. Ded in para. 4.2. Fan construction, attangement, and other characteristics shall be established in accordance 5.7 Fans with AMCA 99. Materials and protective coatinf.s of f an housings shall be in accordance with para. S.6.4. 5.7.1 Fan Selection. Fans shall be selected on the basis of detailed system pressure loss calculations, and shall be capable of producing the specified design flow BJ.Magng odesM ians shall be tested in ac-c rdance with AhtCA 210 and the applicable special rates. The system designer shall, in accordance with se nso A A llA. Onh om fan of each size AhtCA 201, prepare a system characteristic curve for and type must be tested. Non ESF fans shall be either design and limiting conditions under which the fans rated and listed in accordance with AhtCA 211 A or will be required to operate. All resistances in the system, including clean and tested the same as ESF fans. The rating or fan test dirty component pressure drops, (as w ell as test pres-shall be based on the standard test configuration most c sely representative of the manner in which the fan sure differential) full open and intermediate control i w til be installed in the nuclear air treatment system. As damper positions, duct inlet losses, and losses in ducts, housing inlets and outlets, and fan inlets and an alternate to the above, testing may be done in ac-outlets shall be considered in the estimate of the sys-c rdance with the owner's instructions to simulate, as tem characteristics. A set of constant speed fan per-nearly as possible, actual operating conditions that the fan N w be subjected to in operation. Copies of the formance curves, showing the static or total pressure, rating rep rt or test report shall be obtained from the corresponding efficiency, capacity, and brake horse-Ian manufacturer, together with copies of pertinent power shall be obtained from the fan manufacturer i for each fan configuration. Fan inlet and discharge catalog data, performance data, and operating and service manuals for inclusion with the documentation configurations, or other system characteristics, that would adversely alter the published fan performance i r the system. Sound ratings for the fan, based on j shall be avoided. Tan size sha!! be chosen after per-data obtained in accordance with AhtCA 300 and rep rted in accordance with AhtCA 301, shall be i forming an analysis of the system charseteristic and furnished. 8 fan performance curses, considering all system fac-I tors including temperature, pressure, required airflow and, particularly for fans operating in postaccident 5.7.3 Balencing and Vibration. Fan wheels shall primary containment atmospheres, density and vis-be dynamically balanced prior to final assembly of the i cosityof the air or air steam entrained water mixture. fan. Records shall be maintained in vendor's file. l Fan selection shall also allow for test conditions in The double amplitude of vibration in any plane accordance with AShtE N510. The system designer measured on the bearing cap at the rotational rotor shall identify the maximum allowable differential speed shall not exceed the fo!bwing: pressure for each filter bank plus a margin to accom-speed (>ouble Amplitude modate filter loading which may occur prior to the next surveillance (typically 25% of the coincident dirty filter differential pressure). The fan and system 600 L2 characteristic curves shall be included in the system [20 documentation. The fan shall be selected to operate 1200 14 on the stable portion of l's pressure curve under all op-Is00 1.1 08 erating conditions. Provision shall be made in the de-lign to maintain stable operation under the design flows and varying pressure range. Inlet vanes, inlet / Displacement may be interpolated for other speeds, outlet damper modulation, variable speed fan control Final balancing shall be performed after fan instal-are acceptable alternatives. lation is completed. The method of fan selection, together with all perti-nent data, shall be documented. Direct drive fans are 5.7.4 Drawings. Certined drawings showing out-recommended for systems located inside contain-line dimensions, base or mounting climensions, di-g ment. Belts, clastomeric seals, bearing lubricants, mensional tolerances, duct connections, method or protective coatings, and other nonmetallic items and details of motor attachment, and other information 25 l

NUCLt AR POWLR Ps ANT Ann Cst ANINQ .c I UNils AND COMPONEN1s A6Mt Nt,0919tt9 necessary to install, use, and maintain the ian shall be Motor 5 shall be equipped with terminal botes of l furnished to the owner and included in the docurnen. sufficient site to accommodate both rnotor and line I ' tation, The drawings shall also show the recom-leads without sescre distortion of either set which mended motor, belts (if any), couphngs, drive units, might impose escess stress on the wire insulation. Ter-materials of cotutruction, protective coatings, and minal botes shall be gasketed to prevent inleakage of the surrounding environment. Separate terminal lubricants. boxes shall be provided for accessory equipment and 5.7.5 Documentation. A report giving a descrip-instrumentation connections. Allconnections shallbe tion and resuhn of qualification tests shall be fur' rnade by the mechanical method specified. All connec. nished to the owner. The report shall include all tions shall be clearly mar ked or tabeled to identif y cor. calculations and descriptiota of any analytical or rect f unction, mathematical modeling techniques, a description of Motors sMll be eqi with eyes, lugs, or other any computer codes used with reference to co nputer lifting provisions. code validation documentation, or other tests t inde in Noise level shai, be determined in accordance with conjunction with the certification or qualifica ion of IEEE 85 the fan or fan assembly. Motm nmp'Ma mil hve, as a minimum, the hformattor stela s NEMA MO.l. 5.8.2 D,.A '~ '.. 3ystems. Drives in ESI sys-5.8 Fan Drives tems shall comply with IEEE 323. In addition, drives 5.8.1 Integral Horsepower Motors - Gene.t of ESF systems located inside containment shall be Motors shall comply with and be tested and rated in qualified in accordance with IEEE 334. accordance with applicable requirements of NEMA ESF f an driven shall be qualified in accordance with MG 1, end lEEE ll2A. Perf ormance shall be verified IEEE 344 Motor supports and hangers shall be de. by either test of certification as specified for each re-signed to withstand all seismic and opersting loads quirement. Rated service f actor shall be a minimum of with the rnotor in its normal operating orientation 1.0 unless specified otherwise* without impairment of operating characteristics. A Motors shall be of the type specified for the in. 5.8.3 Drawings and Documentation. Certified 1 tended service. The operating characteristics to be motor data sheets and dimension drawings showing specified shallbe: volt age, f requency. operating envi. ronment including total radiation does and maumum major dimensions, dimensional Iolerances, base or mounting dimensions, and other data needed for in, dose rate anticipated, environmental temperature, stallation of the motor shall be f urnished to the owner, and any identifiable special considerations such as ab. Documentation specified in the IEEE standard cited normal pressures or pressure transient conditions. in para $.6.2 shall also be furnished for ESF system Motors shall be sired to supply maximum mechani. calload demand without exceeding the eated horse-motors. power under all identified operating conditions and to produce the required torque and acceleration as re-quired by the drisen equipment under the most ad. 5.9 Dampers verse voltage, f requency and conditions specified, and 5.9.1 Classification. Dampers for nuclear air i shall be designed for the starting sequence specified by treatmem systems, ate classified by f unction, configu. " * " " ' " " ** "E' Il rings 6 al e rolling clement type and shall gggo[**""# require lubrication no more frequently than annu-5.0.1.1 Functions ally under constant, normal operating conditions. llearings shall be rated in accordance with the (a) Flow Control. Varying or maintaining a flow Anti. Friction !! caring Manufacturers' Association withm a nuclear air treatment system in response to a standard for the minimum life specified. Lubricants

signal, shall be satisf actory for the environmental conditions (b) Pressure Control. Varying or maintaining a specified in para. 4.2.

preuure within a nuclear air treatment system or a Motors shall be equipped with thermal overload space se ved by same in response to a signal. Also, protection. Provisions to indicate bearings and wind-varying or maintaining a differential pressure betw een ing temperatures, vibration hmit switches and heaters parts of a nuclear bit treatment system or between { g should be considered. spaces in response to a signal. 26 _L

_______m___. e. I NUCLEAR POWIM PLANT AIR CLt ANtNO l UNITS AND COMPONINTS A$Mt Nbo919ap (c) Salancing. Fiting the position of one or more 5.9.2 Design Considerations. The following sup. j i dampers to establish now or pressure relationship in a piemental parameters shall be considered for each nuclear air treatment system, damper when establishing design requirements in ad. (d) $4uroff. Stopping now through some portion dition to those delineated in para. 4.2: of a nuclear air treatment system. (a) function of damper (c) / solation. Scaling a systern or a portion of a sys. (b) configuration tem from selected now paths. (c) construction classification (/) Sockdr e Orrvention. Preventing reversal of (d) leakage classification flow. (c) dimensions and space required for installation (g) Press 9 /w '/. Limiting differential pressures and service across a du ..g. or building wall to a predeter. (/) maximum pressure differential across closed mined value, damper (g) maximum pressure drop across wide open 5.9.1.2 Configurations damper at rated altflow, in, w.g. (a) ParallelBlade Damper. A multiblade damper (h alt stream and ambient temperature range having blades which rotate in the same direction (see (/) normal operaticg position of blade (s) AMCA $00). (/) damper orientation (horizontal or vertical) and (1) With centrally pivoted balanced blades, method of mounting and direction of airnow r l (2) With eccentrically pivoted or edge. pivoted (k) blade orientation relative to frame of damper blades. (1) failure position (b) Oppoked Blade Damper. A multiblade damper (m) operator type, power source having blades which rotate in opposite directions (see (n) maximum closure or opening time i AMCA $00). (o) seismic requirements (c) Butterfly l'alve. A valve with one centrally piv. (p) shaft scaling oted balanced blade, designed for high pressure (25 psi (q) bearings and lubrication minimum rating) and w hich meets the requirements of (r) position indication, limit switches, and other l Construction Class A, options (d) Sing /r Blade Damper. A damper havins one Recommended damper minimum requirements for blade. leakage and construction are givere in Table 5 2. Maxi. (/) With a centrally pivoted balanced blade, mum permissible damper leak rates for Classes 11 and . (2) With an eccentrically pivoted or edge. pivoted 111 are shown in Table 5 3. Table $.4 provides multi. blade. pliers for obtaining maximum permissible leakage (r) Wing BladcDamper. A damper with Iwo blades rates when dampers are tested at higher pressures. eccentrically pivoted or pivoted from a central post. (/) Popper Damper A single blade damper with linear blade motion which is always perpendicular to 5.9.3 Design Requirements. Dampers shall be - the seat. constructed to meet the applicable design consider. (g) Slide Gart Damper. A damper with one or two ations within the following requirements, blades which move in, and are supported by, parallel 5.9.3.1 Construction Class A. Construction guides. Class A dampers meet the requirements for valves of ANSI /ASME B31.1. 5.9.1.3 Construction 5.9.3.2 Construction Class B. Construction (a) Class A meets ANSI I131.1. Class !! dampers shall be industrial quality construe. (b) Class B meets para. $.9.3.2. tion: all parts, including frame, blades, pivots. - 5.9.1.4 L.eakage Class shafts, bearings, linkages, and operators, shall be de. (a Class I, bubble tight as determined by the test of signed to the following minimum criteria. . a) Frame. Frames shall be rolled, formed, or fab. ( - para $.9.'t.3, (b) Class 11. Maximum leakage as specified in ricated into a channel shape having a minimum width - Table 5 3. of 4 in., minimum Gange height of I% in., and a mini. (c) Class 111, Maximum' leakage as specified in mum thickness of % in. g Table 5 3. Frame denection under design loadings shall not (d) Class IV, leakage not a consideration. exceed Me of the span in any direction. 27 , -, -., _ _ ~,

T J NVCLt AR POWER PLANT AIR CLEANING UNITS AND COMPONENTS ASMt N6091989 1 TABLE 5 2 DAMPER CLAS$1FICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION AND LEAKAGE Construction Leekage Class Claes Function of Damper INote (11] INota (2)] (Note (311 F6ow control B lli Pressure control B IN i Balancing B N I Shutoff (a) Cont 6minated air stream A,B I (b) Noncontaminated air stream B ll INote 14)) isolatioh (s) Contaminated air stream A.B I (b) Noncontaminated air stream B 11 (Note (41) Backdraf t prevention tal Contemensted air stream B.A 1.61 (bl Noncontaminated sit stream B 11 l Note 141) Pressure relief B 11 NOTES: (1) Where a damper serves more than one function, for example, flow control and shutoff, then the more stringent leak class governs. (2) Ref or to para. 6.9.1..' (3) Refer to pare. 6.9.1.4. (4) Where the calculated biological effects on complete damper f ailure are within p',vernmental guidehnes for continuous enposure, the air stream may be considered nonctmisminated, 1 ABLE 5 3 MAXIMUM PERMISSISLE DAMPER LEAK RATE, CLASS II AND lit u aimum PermNeaba. Leek Rm scimlag tt of Demper Fece Ares, et i in. w.g. Dettovent6el Presour, INote till Demper Bade Length or Diemeter, nn. Leekage Closeil Leekage C6ees lit 12 16 60 24 10 40 36 6 32 48 8 32 NOTE: (1) Interpolation may be used f or other blade lengths. Estrapolation is not recommended 28 ... _ _... ~.,

NUCLE AR POWER PLANT Am-CLEANING ASMt Nf>091989 UNITS AND COMPONENTS TABLE 5 4 MULTIPLYING FACTORS FOR (3) All linkage components shall be designed to OBTAINING MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE transmit the required torque without exceeding the I.h LEAKAGE RATES AT HIGHER PRESSURES maximum stresses listed in para. 5.10.3.3. The re-h quired torque shall be defined as twice that portion of ome,enuel Mumpr.e' the damper torque the component is expected to trans-Pressure, nn. w.s. INote till mit or the maximum actuator torque capability when the component may be required to transmit the full 2 u 3 1.7 torque capability of the actuator. 4 2 (d) Bearings. Bearings shall be flange mounted,lu-3 bricant impregnated, sintered bronze type or rolling 6 24 7 26 element type for temperatures of 200'F or less. 8 2.8 Dampers which must be operable in temperatures ed 8 30 ceeding 200'F shall have external rolling element type 3 ij .,j bearings. All rolling element bearings shall be pro-vided with grease fitting for lubrication. Bearings for 12 3.6 sertically oriented blades shall be designed for thrust loadt NOTE: til Multipl.or = id Herentiel pressurt. 6n. w.g.)" wh,ch is (c) Stre33. Allowable stress for frames, blades, apphed to isekage noted m Tetwe 6 3 shafts, and linkage shall be in accordance with para. 5.10.3.3. 5.9.4 Welding. Welding of Construction Class A Duct mounted dampers should have predrilled dampers shall comply with the requirements of ANSl/ t mounting flanges, and should be designed for mount. ASME B31.1, Welding of Construction Clast B ing between Ganged sections of ductwork. Balancing dampers shall comply with par., 7.3. dampers may be designed for flanged or slip in 5.9.5 Operators. Operators should be located out-mounting. side of the air stream and should be factory mounted (b) Blade ard Shaft. Blade edge and shaft deflee. by the damper manufacturer. Operator torque re-tion shall not c.ceed %.o of span or % in., whichever is quirements shall be specified by the damper manufac-less, under tb r forces produced by operation of the turer. Operators shall be designed to provide a damper at 1.5 times the design conditions for flow and minimum of 1.5 times the torque to meet specified pressure, and shall not cause the leakage criteria to be maximum leak rate requirements or dynamic require. exceeded. Shafts shall be solid and extend the full ments, whichever are greater. Electrically powered blade length with minimum diameters of % in., except operators, solenoid valves, and limit switches used in dampers smaller than 19 in. by 19 m. may be designed ESF systems shall be qualified to meet the requile-with minimum shaft diameter of % in. Blades shall be ments of IEEE 323 and IEEE 334. Positive locking de-o welded or through bolted to the shaf t in such a manner vices shall be provided on balancing damper manual that the integrity of the attachment can be verified, oper,gg,,, Minimum blade thickness shall be 16 gage (0.059 in.) and 18 gage (0.047 in.) for single and double thick. 5.9.6 Position Indicators. Dampers with external ness steel blades, respectively, rotating shafts shall have a mechanical position indi-Blade and edge seals shall be radiation and corro, cating arm and escutcheon plate; dampers which will sion resistant. be remotely indicated shall also have the necessary (c) Linkage. Linkage should be located outside of switches, relays, or other devices necessary to meet the i the air stream, and component design shallinclude at requirements of para. 4.8. Electrical switches used for least the following minimum requirements. remote indication of the damper position in an ESF (1) Brackets, arms, and levers shall be of suffic. system which are specified to perform additional ient length and stif fness to provide stable operation of safety related functions shall bc required to meet the the damper blades without flutter or binding, at all requirements of IEEE 323. blade positions. (2) The linkage system shall be designed to de. 5/./ Tests 'g liver suf ficient torque to each blade to properly set the 3.9.7.1 Qualification Tests. Flow character-7 seals of each and every blade, istic and pressure drop for dampers shall be 29

gry NUCLE A3 POWI2 PLANT AGCLt ANING UNITS AND COMPONINTS ASME NbO919eg determined in accordance with AhlCA 500. Leakage cross sections through the equipment shall De submit. I rates for Leakage Class I shall be determined by the ted to the owner. This shall include site. type, and I method described in para. 5.9.7.3. Leakage rates for location of all support connections. Leakage Classes 11 land 111 shall be determined in ac-All drawings shall properly dimension and locate cordance with AhtCA $00. Copies of test reports for the position of the operator in three directions to pet. Leakage Classes I and 11 shall be furnished to the mit serification of adequate clearance and access for owner; copies of test reports for Leakage Class til maintenance. Each drawing shall include all damper shall be furnished to the owner when specified. Listing unique performance and design parameters such as of Leakage Class 11 and 111 dampers in the Directory failure mode, leakage, and torque requirements, etc. of Products Licensed Io Bear the Ah1CA Certified Certified copies of manufacturer's outline prints of Rating Seal, current edition, shall be evidence of meet-electrical control equipment, wiring diagrarns, and ing the qualification test requirements, schematic diagrams covering all electrical equipment i 6.9.7.2 Shop Tests. Each damper (except man. that is factory wired shall be submitted to the owner, ual balancing dampers) and its accessories shall be cy. DraMngs of mechamcal components of conuol cled at least 10 times frorn the full open to the equ5mc an nc n agrarnmadelayoun of full-closed position to check the free operation of all the control system shall also be submitted to the parts and correct adjustment, positioning and seating of blades. On completion of cycling, the alignment Drawings shall contain details of damper linkage, shall be reworked, if necessary, to correct deficiencies coupling between damper shSit and operator, attach-ment I damper blade to shaft and attachment of before shipment. When shop leakage tests are re-quired, they shall be performed after the cycling test

- E

and after the deficiencies have been corrected. 5.9.10 Preparation for Shipping. Dampers shall 5.9.7.3 Bubble Test. The following test shall be be prepared for shiprnent in accordance with para, conducted on each leakage Class I damper assembi). The damper assembly shall be bolted to a sealed cham-5.9.11 Coatings. Coatings shall be in accordance ber w hich is then pressurized to the specified pressure; with para. 3.6 A there shall be no bubbles when tested with a soap solu-g Y tion in accordance with the Bubble hiethod of leak detection in ash 1E N510-1989. 5.10 Ducts The anufac u r shall furnish the following items to onera e uct system shah be deQned and constructed to meet the structural and pressure a ressure drop, in. w.g., at design airflow capac-loadin,.nd leaktightness of Section 4, while trans-ity, with AhiCA 500 apparatus setup figure; p ns ws c ntandnated or treated air or gas (b) air leakage rate, cfm/ft,in full closed position stream fro.n the pointts) of collection to the point (s) 2 at specified pressure differential, and torque with I intersects n with plant ventilation system or dis-AhtCA 500 apparatus setup figure; charge to a plant vent stack. (c) maximum torque required by damper, ft lb; 5.10.2 Design Considerations. The following (d) operator torque available in position corre-supplemental parameters shall be considered for the sponding to maximum damper torque; duet system when establishing design requirements in (c) shop leak test report when required; addition to those delineated in paras. 4.2,4.4,4.5, and (/) IEEE qualification reports on electric powered 4.6: operators and electric accessories. (a) duct sire All reports, data, and manuals furnished by the manu. (b) methods of support facturer shall be marked to show the manufacturer's (c) system operating pressure name and damper identification. 5.10.3 Structural Requirements 5.10.3.1 General. Transverse joints and longi-5.9.9 Drawings. Certified Drawings showing the tudinal seams shall be designed to retain their strue. general arrangement and principal dimensions of the tural and sealing integrity when subject to the design equipment including operators and accessories, and loads. h 30

Y NUCLE AR POWtR PLANT AIR CLE ANING ASMI Nt>09 489 UNITS AND COMPONrNTS the minimum duct thickness shall be 18 gauge (0.047 5.10.3.2 Loadings. Stresses and deDections, or 4 charts used to determine them, shall be based on in.) to ensure reliability of the weld. Turning vanes, calculations that consider the following loads where where used, shall be reinforced and fastened to the duct elbow by welding to withstand the loading speci. applicable, fied. Radius elbows, w here used, should have a mini-(a) Differential pressure across the duct wall as mum centering radius of 1.0 times the width or I affected by: diameter of the duct in she plane of the bend. (1) maximum positive or negative pressure dur. Placement and design of hangers and supports shall I ing all conditions of operation accounting for possible meet the stress criteria given in para. 5.10.3.3 when damper positions; considering the sources of load given in para, v) pressure transients due to: (a) pipe breaks, including both postulated 5.10.3.2. Stiffeners shall be of sufficient site and quantity Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) and lesser pipe and welded to the duct to meet the structural require-break incidents which may cause external pressure ments of para. 5.10.3. Stiffener materials shall be rises and/or internal pr essure pulses originating in sec-tions of duct with openings in possible pipe break compatible with the material of the duct. Supports shall be formed of fabricated structural 1 areas; members of a material compatible with the duet and (b) extreme wind conditions, including tor-stiffencts. Supports shall be securely fastened to nado, hurricane; building members by welding or by the use of bolts. (e) rapid damper, plenum door, or valve Supports shall be f astened to the duct or stiffeners in closure; accordance with the structural requirements. j (b) duct weight, including insulation; Accessories shall be provided, as required, for the (c) duct sections with exposed top surfaces, w hich termination of the duct at outlets and inlets. Access could be used as a walkway or crawl space, shall be doors shall be provided for inspection and mainte-capable of supporting a 250 lb weight concentrated nance of devices mounted inside the duct. Access midway between hangers; doori shall be designed and installed to minimize leak-i (d) seismic forces; are in accordance with the allowable leakage of para. (c) thermal expansion. 5.10.3.3 Stress. Allowable stress shall be 0.6 of ""I "# the yield stress for loads encountered during normal plant operation and shutdown, and shall be 0.9 of the ab i yield stress for combined loads which include the Safe 5.10.5 Welding. % elding shall be in accordance Shutdown Earthquake and Design Basis Tornado. with para. 7.3. 5.10.3.4 Static Deflection. Allow able static de-flections shall not exceed the following values: 5,10.6 Materials. Ducts may be fabricated from (a) plate or sheet: % in. per ft of the maximum stainless steel, carbon steel, galvanized steel sheet, unsupported panel span in direction of sh flow but not plate, pipe, or rolled structural sections Structural more than % in, relative to stiffeners; members may be f abricated from plain or galvanfred (b) stiffeners and flange connections: K in, per ft carbon steel. of span but not more than % in; Stainless steel shall conform to ASTM A 666 or %e of ASTM A 240. Carbon steelshallconform to ASTM A (c) flange connection to dampers and fans: the span or % in. maximum. 36ior structuralshapes or ASTM A 283 Grade C or D, or ASTM A 284 Grade C or D for plate. Carbon steel 5.10.4 Duct Construction. Transverse joints shall shallbe hot rolled pickled and olled per ASTM A 570, be tasketed flange, scal welded flange. or butt-or hot rolled pickled and oiled, or cold rolled per welded. Longitudinal seams sha!! be either all.w elded, ASTM A 606 or A 607. Galvanized stect shall be in ac-seal welded mechanical, or in accordance with cordance with ASTM A $26 or A 527, coated to SMACNA - High Pressure Duct Construction ASTM A 525 Coating Designation G90, Standards (Pittsburgh Lock or ASME Lock Seam)as Use of nonmetallic materials in fabrication or in-required to meet structural and leaktightness require-stallation of ducts and duct components shall,in adde ments of paras. 5.10.3 and 4.14, respectively, tion to considerations of allow able stress, be based on Mech:mi:allock seams,if used, must meet seismic resistance to deterioration from contaminants, heat, structural design requirements. For all welded joints, 31 i

e s NUCLt AR POWlH PLANT Am CLt ANiNG ALMt Nt.o91989 UNif$ AND COMPONtytg i: pressure, and radiation, and shall not support testing is not required. If required, ducts shall be i-combustion, tested in accordance with Structural Capabihty pres. 5.10.7 Coatings. Coatings shall be in accordance sure test of ASME N510. Upon cornpletion of the with parc. 5.6.4. p essure test, ductwork exhibiting permanent distor-tion or breach of integrity shall be repaired or re-5.10.8 TestinD placed. The pressure test shall be repeated after 5.10.8.1 Air Leakage Test. Except where es-repairs until no permanent distortion or breach of in-cluded below, duet sections shall be subjected to air tegrity is obsened. leak tests as described in ASME N510-1989 using the criteria given in para. 4.14 5.10.9 Dalancing. Prior to declaring the nuclear A duct section need not be subjected to quantitative air treatment system operable, all duct systerns shall measurement ofleakageif one of the following condi-be balanced to achieve design now rate at the fan (s) tions is satisfied. However, a procedure to pressurtre and to maintain spaces at the required pressure differ-the system and locate and seal all audible leaks shall be ential. Upper and lower Dow limits shall be estab-spplied. lished by owner such that design function of the (a) All ESF and non.ESF ducts serving the pro-system is maintained and equipment capabilities are not exceeded. tected space, are located within the protected sp:ce, regardless of length. (b) All negative pressure ESF and non ESF ducts that pass through clean interspace. O PACKAGING, SHIPPING, RECElVING, STOR-(c) All positive pressure ESF and non ESF ducts AGE AND HANDLING OF COMPONENTS that pass through contaminated interspace with an MPC within the duct (C,) less than or equal to 1.1 6.1 Preparation for Shippir g times the room MPC (C,): Adsorber cells (Type 1 or 11) shall be prepared for shippine in accordance with applicable Sections of ANSI /A5ME AG 1-1968. Prefihers and after filters shall be packaFed in accordance with manufacturer's g standard practice. Moisture separators, HEPA filters, T (d) Non ESF and ESF positive pressure ducts that henters Type 111 adsorbers, motors, fans, and pass through a " Clean interspace," and the effective dampers should be packaged in accordance with concentration within the duct is less than 5 MPC. ANSI /ASME NQA 2-1986 (lesel as appropriate for (c) Non ESF and ESF negatise pressure ducts that each component) and shall be crated or skidded, or pass through a contaminated interspace with an MPC both,in a manner that will protect the item from phys-(C,) that is no greater than 1.1 times the MPC within ical damage and exposure to dirt, weather (including the duct (C,): road spatter), and vibration during shipment and sub-sequent storage at the installation site for conditions C, s; 1.1 (C,1 (3) in para. 4.2 of this Standard. Housing openings larger than 6in. shall be covered with weather resistant pan. (/) All plant vent stacts or ducts that are located cls thick enough, or reinforced sufficiernly to limit de-outside plant buildings and no high level or mixed-Dee,i n t less than one half of the panel thickness I mode release credit is required to meet offsite dose under a pressure of 3 in, w.g. Panels shall be bolted to hmus. Danges or otherwise attached so they cannot be torn loose during shipping. Openings 6 in. in diameter and 5.10.0.2 StructuralCapability Test. A pressure smaller shall be scaled or capped with plastic plugs. test shall be performed on those portions of ducts and Unpainted carbon steel surf aces shall be coated with a housings of once through and recirculation nuclear rust inhibitor before pack,iging, air treatment systems which could be subjected to fan peak pressure due to closure of dampers on suction or discharge of fan. The test shall be performed at the 6.2 Receipt and Storage structural capability pressure established in para. HEPA filters and adsorbers should be stored in 4.6.6. When duct construction is greater than theit original cartons in an environmentally controlled SMACNA recommended duct construction for the room. HEPA filters shall be oriented vertically with maximum design pressure, then Structural Capabihtv their pleats vertical, and be stacked no more than three l h 32

? NUCLI AR POWE R PL ANT AWCLE ANING A&Mt Nt094900 UN115 AND COMPONIN16 cartons (slightly over 6 f t) high unless intermediate stalled in strict conformance with the layout drawings; ) bracing or Dooring is provided to prevent the weight deviations of more than the design tolerance from the cf the upper tier from bearing on the lower tier. 'Iray location in any plane from the position shown in the type (Type 11) adsorber cells shall be stored horiron, drawings shall be approved by the system designer or tally and stacked no more than 5 high unless interme-other responsible engineer, and shall be documented diate bracing or Dooring is provided. Unless there is by "as built drawings." Prefabricated duct subas-I obvious damage to the cartons, ilEPA filter and ad-sernblics should be made as large as practicable to sorber cartons should not be opened prior to use, or minimize field joints and field m elding }lousings shall removed from shipping pallets or skids untilimmedi. not be used to support other equipment of the f acility for which it was not designed; field runs of pipe, duct, ately ready for installation. Adsorbent shall be pack-or conduit or other systems of the facility shall not be aged, and stored in accordance with ANSI /ASME permitted to penetrate the housing. Internal compo. AG 1 Section FE. Where ponible, items such as motors, dampers, nents (filters, adsor be rs, etc.) shall not be installed un-heaters, etc., should be stored on racks or platforms, til immediately before the system is presentM f~ off the floor. While in storage, items should be testing, and shall not be removed from their cartons or checked periodically (weekly recommended) to ensure crates until they are ready to be installed. The recom-that wrappings are not disturbed. Storage areas mendations for handling and installation of IIEPA should be uncluttered and permit easy access to items filters given in Appendis C of ERDA 76 21 shall be without the necessity of moving other items to get to complied with, f them. An item control procedure should be estab-lished in the storage area to ensure that items are not removed from the area without proper authority, and 7.3 Welding to prevent improper or rejected items from being in. Welding procedures, welders, and welding opera-stalled in the system, Materials and components shall tors shall be qualified in accordance with ANSI / be moved and handled in a manner that does not dam-ASME AG 1-1988. Ior material thickness grcatet age the item or its packaging. If plugs, caps, or wrap-than or equal 10 0.125 in., AWS Dl.1 or ASME Sec-pings are removed for receiving inspection, they shall tion IX shall be used. I or material thickness less than be replaced and positively sealed immediately upon 0.123 in., AWS DI.3 shall be used. Performance qual-completion of the inspection. Receiving and storage ification test samples for materials used in filter hous. personnel shall be informed of the necessity of proper ing pressure boundary construction shall be inspected handling of all components, especially the llEPA filt-with liquid penetrant or magnetic particles on both ers and carbon adsorber cells, root and f ace surf aces in accordance with Section 6, Part I of AWS Dl.1 or ASME Iloiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section V. Liquid penetrant used inside 7 INSTALL.ATION AND ERECTION containment shall have a low chloride /Ouoride con-tent. Production welds shall be visually inspected in 7.1 Drawings accordance with AWS DI.1, AWS DI.3, or ASME Complete system layout drawings showing the loca-BPVC Section IX as applicable. Acceptance criteria tion of housings, ducts, fans, dampers, and the other for welds produced to AWS Dl.1 standards shall be external components in each of three mutually per-per NClG 01. Acceptance criteria for welds produced pendicular planes shall be prepared prior to the start per AWS DI.3 shall be in accordance with that stan-l of erection. Drawings shall show all connections' dard. Acceptance criteria for welds produced per hangers, and anchors, the location and joint details ASME UPVC Section IX shall be in accordance with l for all welds, and the procedure specification for each the applicable ASME design section of the Code, ex. weld. The layout drawings shall reference dimension cept that visual a:ceptance criteria per NCIG.Ol may and shop drawings of components, as applicable. be utilized for those components which are r:ot Layout shall be checked for interferences with other required to be fabricated to a specific ASME design items to be mstalled in the area, and conflicts shall be section of the Code. resolved before installation. 7.4 Instaliation of HEPA Filters and Adaorbers 7.2 Erection installation personnel shall be instructed in the All ducts. housings, fans, dampers hangers, anchors, proper handling of the 11 EPA filten and carbon cell and services (electrical, steam, drains, et c.) shall be in-33 -1 .I

's or] i NUCtl An POWI A PLANT Atn Ctt ANING Asut Nt.opa pe9 umis AND COMPONtNTs ur adsorbers prior io the installation and clamping of the beni and Osanno im Maumum Anuaue 4 is fillers. I'"I'I' Components should not be rernosed from protect. HI P A ' *" 0"*hf"ainin k eten 3:J he cartons, crates, pallets, or skids untilimmediately A d"" b" D' 8 * "'8 ' 'ad 0"*h f"*'"'" k'8*n 5J 4/5] s before they are to be installed. f ach item should be Phh" *"d P"" Dh" 0"*h'"*" " k'P"'" 843 checked for phpical damage, corrosion, or evidence

"uuu heparamt Dra utsiend Quahrwainns 3 4 t/s 41 of abase. Replace or iepair damaged items before use' e

Dr ings and Quahrwanon keren $ 5 2's s 4 The positien and align nent of foundations, anchors, g 3 hangers, ducts, housings, dampers, f ans, motors, and gg g ,g 3 3 other components shall be checked and their locations n,,,,n p shall be within tolerance as shown on the drawings. y.n, fold pia.mp 5.6 s i Pleats of IIEPA filters shall be vertical, gaskets of ,,nor, ning inip,n,on kercru s 0 S.2 IIEPA filters and adsorbers shall be securely affixed Ianory Houur.: Less Teu knulu 5654 so that they are not displaced durms installation-Ianor> Airno. painduimn Teu 3653 Clamping devices shall be in place and completely knuhi tightened to produce the required rasket compression, f anor> An Aerowl Mmts Uniforma) T ui After filters and adsorbers are unpacked and knuin s6se opened to the atmo:phere, extreme care h required to I *" D" * '"D *"d 0"* h f"*""a l "' k'I*" 85 C87 8 ensure that degradation does not occur either f torn es- ' 8" *'" D*"'8' and Data sheen tes posure before loadmg or by system operation during D'

P" D ' '"D
d k 'P""'

83 8 testing, censtruction, repair, or plant modification 7 "' ^ " ' Pl * "(' C ' "'"' l 'N' ' I Prefilters and llEPAs are particularly vulnerable to b """ L * """ D* * '"U ti degradation due to construction dust. If additional welding is required on the filter housing af ter llEPA filters or adsorbent is installed, the llEPA filters and 9 ACCEPTANCE TESTING adsorbent must be remos ed before starting this u ork-Acceptance tests shall be made in accordance with IIEpA filters are scry susceptible to pinholes from the procedures of ASME N$10. It is recommended welding sparks. Carbon adsorbent is aged or poisoned that prefilters be installed before f an is f arst turned on Y by trace concentrations of vapors such as Sohenu, to protect filters and fans from construction debris, paint off rassing, engme exhaust and weldmg fumes, and the system f an(s)should be operated for at least 21 or by moisture condensation-hr iefore installation of !! EPA filters and adsorbers to n Ican up the w orst of construction dirt (artificial re-sist nce may have to be added during this operation to present overloading of the fan motor). Prefilters ma) 8 OUALITY ASSURANCE have to be replaced after this. For personnel protec-tion, personnel should not enter housing until f an has 8.1 Quality Assurance Program operated for a sufficient period of time to remose air The design organization, manufacturers of compo, entrainable debris. After instalhng the llEPA filters nents, and constructors (induding subcontractors) and adsorbers, the system heaters should be operated, shall each establish and comply with a comprehensis e where provided, to reduce, if necessary, the relative I quality assurance program and plan which meets the humidity of the air prior to making tests on the requirements of ANSl/ASME NQA 1-196.6. adsorbers. Al; dampers, valves, and controis shall be exercised through their full operating range and shown to be in 8.2 Summary of Required Documentation good operating condition before the start of testing. As a minimum, the following shall be documented After completion of accep:ence testing, the system and submitted to the owner: shall be scaled and the f an controls locked out to pro-tect the components during the remainder of constr ue. Do:umenunon ket Paravant tion operations at the site. Dengn ?ararneten 4 The system designer (enginect) shall provide the ac. Maumum operaunt Preuure d6 ceptance criteria in Table 9-1 to the ow ner 1o incorpo-Teu Pensure 4o rate in his acceptance and surveillance test procedure g situeturni capatnhiy Prnsure 4o and project specification in accordance with ASME Teu cannmn Quahtaanon 4.1t N510 requirements. N

,c NUCit AR POW [R PL Ay7 AlQ.C([ ANING ASMI Nt.091989 UNITS AND COMPONINTS $UMMARY OF CRITERIA FOR ACCEPTANCE T[ STING T ABLE 91 Information end l Acceptance Critone N609 N510 N610 ProWed by heterenc e Test Secteon Sy stem Inybrieer b 6.6 2 6 None teovired from erstem engineer l Visvet inspection 464 0 Test n' essure (s) and tolerance e l Housing teak lest 414.42 Manimam ellonable leekspe et test peessure t>oundary to te tested 6 0 6.3 f 7 identification of frames to t*e tested Mountih0 teme Leak Test 404 Test pressure (s) and tolerence 4 14 Manimum si6oweble leekspe 414,42.464 0 floundaries to te tested, epplicable test Duct Leek of pressure (and tolerancel, and fnesimum e 1 ellowable leek spe 610 B Justification for duct test oncepticns Airflow Capacity 8 Required minimum design perfion rete for each 4 14,4.2 operating mode and Distret.vtion 414,42 Maismom allowsbie airfion rste 4.2 Des:pn flow rete 4.2 Minemum filter housing pressure drop with clean filter (omponents and test pressure tolerance 42 Masemum litter housing pressure drop with coincedent dirty f dter pressure drop and test pressure tolerance 42 Air Aerosol Mining 9 Design airflow este Unif ormit y 4.2 in Place HEPA Leak Test 10 Des #gn airflow tete 1 4.2 Manimum (dirty? and minimum (cleani fitter t ank pressure drop PSAMEAR/Technstal Masimum allowable penetration Specification 4,2 in Place Adsorber leek Test 11 DestDn airilow rate PSAR# SAR/Technscal Manimum showebie penetretion Specification u

NUCLt AA POWIN PLANT AIR CLt Ayig ASMI N60D 1ND UNIT 6 AND COMPONtNig TABLE 91

SUMMARY

OF CRITERIA FOR ACCEPTANCE TESTING (CONT'D) 6nformation and Acceptance Cmeru N610 N610 Provkled by N609 Test Sectkin System Engineer Aeference Duel Dampe' Bypass Test 12 lest toundary to be tested 4.14 Design oirf6ew rete 42 Operating pecisure differentiet ecross demper 46 Masimum allowstue penettetson 4.14 System Bypassiest 13 Test t oundary to be tested 4 14 1 Design airflon rete 42 Operating pressure efferentes' 4.0 Maximum allowoble penetration 4 14 A6r Hester Performance Test 14 Design pirflow rete 4.2 Deston cepecity 4.2 Design temperature differential Oeaving 4.2 temtereture - enteringt Design current lampst each circuit at design b !> s uitage Laboratory Testing of 1 f4 Desspo airfion rate 4.2 Adsortient (*d thit h nes s 4.2, b.2 Design velocity 4.14, t 2 Menemum residence time PS AR'F S AR /T e chnic al Specification Test condit#ons PS AR>F S ARff echnical Specification Manimum allow atAe penetration PSAR/f SAR 7echnical Specific a tion I I

44 ~ NUCLEAR POWER Pt. ANT AIR-CLE ANING ASME t$t,091989 UNITS AND COMPONtNTS MANDATORY APPENDIX A SAMPLING OF INSTALLED ADSORBENTS FOR SURVEILLANCE TESTING (This Appenen is en integral part of ASME N6091989, and as placed after the main text for conven enced h f Ai SCOPE same depth as the main bed, a minimum of 2 in, in diameter and in the same orientation as the main bed. Provision shall be made to periodically remove a If there is a guard bed it shall be duplicated for the I representative sample of adsorbent from an installed

E'" '

I system for Surveillance Tests. The sampler shall be filled with adsorbent from the A representative sample is defined as one thet has same I t and batch as the main bed. experienced flow within 2 20% of the average flow of ' ampler shall have at least the follow,ng data i the sysfem (as confirmed by testing per Section 8 of at ed ASME N510-1989). The detailed means to achieve I#) this is left to the designer of each system, but detailed (3) ad orben ot and batch number supporting data (either theoretical or empirical) shall (c) adsorbent manufacturer and t 'pe be presented to substantiate that the flow is represen. (d) installation date lative and the sample is, therefore, representative of (c) system wheie installed the entire adsorber bank. The details of sampler design shallinclude a method to ensure that no bypass will occur, that the sampler (s)

- " "" E" A2 DESIGN BASIS FOR SAMPLERS Section 11 of ASME N510 as part of an integrated g

For the sample to be representative,it shall have ex. filter bank leak test, and that the flow path shall be perienced the same exposure to all contaminants as the scaled leaktight af ter the sampler is removed. Consid. entire bed it represents. To accomplish this, it shall eration should be given in the design to allow insertion have experienced the same flow (120%) during the of the sampler into a laboratory test apparatus for same period. This critenon can be rnet only when the determination of methyl iodide penetration without i bed depth and pressure drop through a sampler sec. disturbing any of the adsorbent, tion are the same as through the main adsorber bank. All flow restrictions must be taken into account when designing a sampler. Pipe stubs, valves, unions, fit. i tings, elbows, nozz!c effects, and similar items or ef. A3.2 Test Tray Assemblies fects add pressure drop to the flow path and tend to A test tray assembly is an adsorber cell modified to make a sampler non representative. This Standard provide for removal of a portion of the adsorbent does not restrict any specific approach or hardware (usually one cighth) without disturbing the remainder but stresses that the flow criterion for equal bed thick. of the adsorbent. its use is acceptable as an alternative ness must be met. to individual samplers described in Section A.3.1 of this Appendix for obtaining representative samples. When a test tray assembly is removed, an entire sec. A3 GENERAL TYPES OF SAMPLES (SAMPLERSI tion is emptied into a clean plastic container or bag, mixed to ensure uniformity, a sample taken, and the A3.1 Individual Samplers. section refilled with such makeup adsorbent as re. -j g A special adsorbent sample holder should be de. quired. This makeup carbon shall meet the same Wy signed to hold adsorbent for testing, it shall be the requirements as the original adsorbent. 37

A5ME N6091989 NUCLE AR POW!R PLANT AIR Cl,tANiNo UN!T6 AND COMPONENTS The section sampled sball be marked to indicate u hen a sample w as taken and the section number and shall not be used for future samples as they are not position noted both in the field test report and perma. representative of the adsorbent in the rest of the bank. nent plant records to ensure that this section is not used again. A3.4 Slotted. Tube Sampling Each cover plate shall be permanently marked with a unique identification symbol, For Type til adsorbers, where the adsorbent bed is Each test tray assembly shall have at least the fol-refilled in place, a sample may be taken with a slotted. lowing data attached: tube sampler if sufficient test cannisters are not availa-(a) serial number ble. ASTM E 300 contains slotted tube sampler details (b) adsorbent lot and batch number and background. For systems where the adsorbent (c) adsorbent manufacturer and type bed thickness is 2 in. deep insert the slotted tube sam. (d) installation date pltr into the bed far enough to ensure that the sample (e) system where installed will be taken from an area where flow is experienced by the adsorbent. For systems where the adsorbent bed thickness is greater than 2 in., the position where B' the slotted tube sampler is inserted into the bed is im-portant. When a single sample representative of the entire bed is desired, the slotted tube sampler should ti A3.3 Sampling by Adsorber Cell Hemoval beinserted at an angle to pick up carbon from both the g, _ As a further alternative, an entire adsorber cell or inlet and outlet faces of the bed. No carbon should be bed may be remosed to obtain a sample. It shall be taken from areas ofless than full flow. When separate g emptied into a clean plastic container or bag, the ad-samples form inlet and outlet faces are desired, sample sorbent mixed to ensure uniformity, a sample taken, positions should be noted and the separate samples the cell refilled or replaced, if the adsosber cellis re-should not be mixed. When separate samples are { filled it shall be marked as having been refilled and taken, it may be required Io calculate a composite effi. ciency for the bed. l l l h 38

s [ %so Nrm 't not a n t, ed is NONMANDATOP.Y tied. APPENDlX B aila-Additional Guidance for Determination of Allowable Leakage Id/s 3ert and as encisoed for 6nforrnation purposes on4) am-tihis Appen6a es not part of ASME N5091989, iple ced ent (?) Determine approximate radioactivity con-O Di PURPOSE centration C,in MPCs that can be expected in the Ic' The purpose of this AppendiA B is to provide addi-

m. For cominuous occupancy C, rnust be less r

tional guidance for a system owner or designer to de-tha tid termine allowable leakage for nuclear air t:catment F B with C,/C, ratio and deter. he a systems that can be used to determme design, fabrica-mine allowable unit leakage, cfrn/fr duct surface, ye tion, installation, and test requirements, g,g g g

g te This Appendix exam!nes a method for determining the operating pressure, le allowable leakage based on health physics require-

1. "*I###'

is ments (such as radioactivity concentration, maximum L = al weble duct leakage per unit surface area, e permissible concentration, and lodine protection fee-cfm/ft 2 tor) and provides typical example probiems. A=M h in addition, optional guidance is provided to assist 3,gg ( an owner or system designer to determine additional b = duct width, in, leakage criteria based on prescribing a system effec-Id = duct length, it liveness tolerance, or representative system installa-D = duct diameter, in. " 4"*"'I' f = room length, ft W = toom width, it H = room height, ft 82 ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE BY HEALTH S " ' O *

O "**
II, PHYSICS CRITERIA AC = room ventilation rate, air changes per hr or 60 qv/(Hlw)

B2.1 General

"*iI*II"" '** * ' 'I*

10 CFR 20, Appendix B. Table I sets limits on air. , = radioactivity concentration in room, pCi/cc borne radioactive concentrations in areas of the nu-C, = radioactivity concentration in duct, pCi/cc clear power plant in which plant personnel may be G = contamination source term, pCi/hr Th = nuclide halflife, hr ection also provides procedures to determine = radioactivity decay constant, hr

i 5

maximurn duct outleakage based on the maximum MPC = maximum permissible concentrations permissible concentration (MPC) as deterrnined by 10 Duct to room contamination source term: CFR 20.103, paragraphs a and b. 0 = 1.7 x lo' c,LA (BI) B2.2 Procedure to Determine Allowable Leaka00 by MPC Method Equilibrium concentration in the room which (a) The following describes a procedure for deter. results from outleakage is: mining allowable leakage in efm/ft of positive pres-sure duct surf aces in either normal or transient G c,, h conoitions: [

60 gv)

(/) Determine approximate radioactivity con. \\ vf f (g;) centration C,in MPCs expected inside the duct. 39 ~ ~ ~

y I l 6 l Allovvable Unit Leakege, cIm/sq f t 100 -~,

gm -+

~ l.--e :< ggggl = 1rtq13713 M ets A*12 induct.AC*1 2 B

12 X 12 duct. AC
1 a'

gn, C

60 6n duct. AC *1 L

f5 i D = 60 X 60 coct. AC

1 E 2:E-.

s A ;gE d,I; 8'

^ I T T T T ~ E = 12 m. duct, AC *0 N 1 = F

12 X 12 duct. AC
O -

N$n NN k j G = 60 in. duct. AC

O Ein D

^ - H a 60 X 60 duct. AC = 0-.--. a 7 I 01 A? L/h.r/ t i r.-

MR g

d.D W e'5Lft 55 h 13 fl ~ lll f ) ilV // y 7 8 8 )g d F 0 01 :h @{ hr. ! EE ll g, n -~- - k' Af H W 9 5 1000E -03 [. i = m.__ .df I ~ em =. ,1 f_ _.r:p!!p jjffQi=Q p =- j jf_ p Fu"_=:::= c ,v r_ M fr 1 hu .n / o y - d I 1000E 04 . - -._E E dj.gifQd[ ' ]@ ] MEE:Egg a q pC.;I. i// .1 7 7 Y

i i

~ 1.000t-05 JN .qgj (Ei? -.:.si.. -:d - y .m.- - - =m7 1 :n = n 1.000E -06 0 001 0 01 01 1 10 Concentration Meteo, Cr/Cd GENERAL NOTE $ tel Based on eq (B 1) in para B 2.1(d) and e 25 sq f t room X 20 f t high. For other duct (and room) 6engths erw! hesghts, prorste chart values by duct bngth room heqht L*Lchart X X 25 20 (b) Contammetson assumed to min unif ormly in space. (c) 1 131 essumed to be contommeting nudede. (d) Allowable unit teakage sopties to mensmum operating pressure Pd as defined in para 4 6.3 FIG. B 1 ALLOWABLE UNIT LEAKAGE FROM OUCT OR HOUSING TO OCCUPIED SPACE i i 40 t_

l ) 1 Eqs. (ill) and (il2) conservathcly assume no reduc-For a round duet, Eq. (114)is teplaced by: tion in C, due to esfiltration of air frcsi room at the duct leakage rate. Room volume is: [p)id (Illi) \\ 12 / W = H/w (B3) and general Eq. (B5) becomes: For a rectangular duct, the surface area i,: 7, [ C,} Hlw [0.693 1 IS 1 \\ C, / IdD \\T% / A = Id- (4 + b) (B4) Where N nuclides are present in the duct, it can be where h and b are in inches, shown that: Substituting Eqs. (BI), (B3), and (B4)into Eq. (32) and transposing, the general equation for a rectangu-N E lar duct is: HIw n=1 Crn/MPCn L= Hlw 10 /d (h + b) N 7, [C,\\ / ' 493 Cdn/MPCn .p g3) 10 id(h + b) \\C,,, Th / n T I 0.693/Th/2n 4 A7 (Bl3) If we assume that the duct cross section is square (b = h)and that the roomis square (w = I), Eq. (B5) reduces to: j in most nuclide groupings, the term (0.693/7% is t, 20 [\\ C, /C'h Hf, [C.693(B6) neglible when compared to even minimal ventilation I + Ald \\ T% / air change rates used in practice, l llence, Eq. (B13) simplifies to: If we further assume that the room height is 20 f t: Alw 2C E (Crn/MPCn) 7, ggy l' 0 693 ~ 10 /d (h + b) E (Cdn/MPCn) L = [ C, 4 AC ( 11 7 ) \\ C, Ald Th N Since E Crn/MPCn n=l If the contaminating nuclide is 1 131 (T% = 193.6 hr) and 1 = 25 ft and Id = 25 ft, is by 10 CFR 20, the equivalent concentration in i 25 MPCs,it can be seen that for a ventilated room Eq. l - (0.00336 + AC) ( 11 8 ) (!!!4) and Eq. (B5) are essentially the same, it can be C, L= concluded that Eq. (115)is applicable to multinuclide l duct leakage as well. Finally, the ratio For a sealed room, R = 0 N E (Crn/MPCn) l I L= [bhI (B9) n=i 11.17 \\Cg/ h represents the fraction of maximum permissible dose for the stated period of esposure - usually a 40 hr for a reem with E = 1:

weeg, I

Determine leak test requirements from para. t.[Eh 22 (BIO) 5.10.8. If testing is required, determine test method \\c, / A from ASME N510 and required test pressure. Adjust 41

,~ allowable leak rate for test pressure in accordance tration of 1000 MPCs, it is assumed to hase a with para. 4.12. concentration, C,, of 100 MPC after passing through (b) For spaces required to be maintained at a nega-the filters. If the occupied space around the duct is to T tive pressure with respect to surrounding areas, the ef-be limited to 0.32 MPC, Cr/C, = 0.32/100 = 0.0032. feet ofinleakage into negative pressure ducts, outside Solving Eq. (BI) of B.2.l(d) of the space served, must be evaluated to determine t, ( W IX M [ Cd [p.693 y the reduction in air exchange rate and correspondmg increase in room MPC. The procedure is as follows. (10)l,(h + b) \\ C,/ \\ Th / (/) Determine source terms and parameters for event (e.g., pump scalleak t ate. concentration of ical* where T% = 193.6 hr age Guid, space volume, required MPC). (?) Determine minimum air exchange rate (air-now rate / room volume) required to maintain mini

mum MPC based on ALARA program.

L" [0.693 '} 20 x 25 x 25 1000) 00 + 12) \\ Th / (J) Determine minimum flow rate to maintain space at design negative pressure. g (4) Determine space design now rate (this may be L = 0.0019 cfm/ft' or 0.002 efm/ft' (B17) selected to ventilate space and mamtam envtronmen-tal conditions). (2) Given: a cubicle containing a normally (J) Determine minimum tolerance (para. (1) above - para. (2) above or para. (4) above - para operating pump with a leak rate of I gal /hr at a con-centration of 0.15 pCi/cc (see Fig. B 2). Determine: (a) the required rninimum room ventilation f6/ Determine surface area of duct under nega-tive pressure outside space served. rate to maintain % MPC; 73j gg g gg 7 g ;, (7) Dhide para. (5) above by para. (6) above at rated at 1500 cfm; allowable unit leak rate (cfm/ft )at maumum operat. (c) unit leakage if duct system consists of 100 (8) e rmine leak test requirements from para. 5.10.6. If testing is required, determme test method S lution: Consider a case with the following from ASME N510 and required test pressure. Adjust parametem leak rate for test pressure in accordance with para. 4.14. C' = 0.15 pCvec (1 131) (9) This procedure may not be require.lif the sys-tem is designed, inted, and adjusted such that the allowable C, = % MPC = % (9 x 104 pCi/cc) = 3 minimum design Dow from the space served can be x 10"pCi/cc achieved and the fan sized to handle the minimum PF =.0075 [ reference NUREG 0017 (para. 2.2.5.2), Oow plus the infiltration. Calculation of Releases of Radioactive Materials in (c) Sample Prob /cm.s Gaseous and Liquid Efnuents from PWRs, April (/) Given: a 30 in. x 12 in. x 50 ft-long duct 1976] section at the fan discharge represented by Scheme No. 7 of Fig. B5 has a rated Dow of 10,000 cfm. The sal hr ce cc O " g " I sal 2 total surface area of the duct system is 1,050 ft. This hr 60 min U* E duct section is under 4 in, w.g. positive pressure and g,g) passes through an occupied area 25 ft x 25 ft x 20 ft high w here the C, shall not exceed.32 MPC. The dis-charge for this ductwork is credited with high level To meet C, uader the above conditions, release. The air change rate in the surrounding room is at least I air change. 08

OE
C/ x PF/C, (B19)

Determine allowable leakage based on health phys-ics requirements. - 63 'C-x 0.15 b x.0075 /3 x 10 " pCUce Solution: Ifth.is same duct is exhausting a contami-mm ce nated space with an effective radioactivity concen. (B20) { 42

l 6

\\

l h o l [ f en fiow 03 Cr e concentration in toorn l Og

enheust few rete jg Og
eavepment ietkege rete

) C, e fluid concentration Pp

portition feetor (Note till inteekege flow jg rete Lj d

F en fion O g NOTE. (1) Portrtion f actor es the fraction of radiosetivity in the process fluid that will t=come oirterne when thei process flu d leeks into the omti,ent air FIG. B 2 SYSTEM PARAME1ERS ( I' = 0,7 (B23) = 2.363 x 101x = 834 efm it inin 30.48 cm (B21) B,2,3 Allowable Leakage by lodine Protection If the fan is sized to handie 1500 cfm for this system. Factor Reduction then the allowable clean air inleakage is: (a) General. The lodine Protection Factor, IPF, is 3i 1500 - 834 = 666 efm (B22) used to quantify the protection offered to plant per-sonnel by nuclear air treatment systems in protected 8 However, it is also a design criterion to maintain a areas of the nuclear facilities design to remain habit-8 linear air velocity of 50 ft/ min while the 25 f t door is able during the following design basis accidents. open. (This criterion is set forth to maintain control of The location of the air cooling, ventilation and nu-airborne radioactivity even though the door is open.) clear air treatment system components, whether inside in order to meet this criterion, a flow rate of O, of 50 or outside of the habitability envelope, will affect the ft/ min x 25 ft: = 1250 cfm is required. The allowa-value of the IPF When portions of these systems are i ble clean air leakage is then 1500 - 1250 = 250 cfm. located outside the habitability envelope, the effect of The unit duct leakage is therefore equal to: duct inleakage or outicakage is a reduction of the IPF value. 250 efm 250efm (b) Determination of /PF l h (duct length)(duet perimeter) (5012(30H 2(12) (/) All System Components /nside Habitabihty d 12 Envelope. The location of all components of the j 43 9 M

l habitability area air cooling, ventilation and nuclear duet leakage, the effectiveness of the nuclear air treat. alt treatment systems within the habitability envelope ment system in limiting personnel dose is maintained, is considered here as the ideal case, from a leakage (1) The determination of the nuclear air treat. standpoint, and the basis of evaluating duct leakage, ment system flow rate usually involves an iterative The IPF is defined as follows: - process because it is based on: (a) the amount of airflow required to maintain dose

without protection a positive pressure differential (approximately 0.125 in. H 0) actoss the control boundary, including leak-dose with protection (B24) 3 age through the duct system; and

'due to radioanive iodme @ N amount d Shered McMahn 6 n-quited to achieve the required iodine protection factor The value of the IPF for the configuration shown by (IPF). Fig. B 3 is determined by the following: (2) The air required to pressurize the control room is first calculated and an assumed quntity for duct leakage added to it. After duct and housing leak. IPF = 7, ,p,, 78 age calculations have been performed for the system ri (1-,) + r3 (B25) configuration and layout, the original assumption is revised accordingly. The makeup airflow rate should gpp, T's + gr + r3 be equal to the control room exfiltration air plus duct a r's (1 -e) + E3 (P,26) outleakage minus the duct inicakage and control room infiltration (if any). (3) The filtered recirculation air quantity is de. termined by calculating the ratio of recirculated air to outside air required to meet a conservative IPF. The r.i = ri + (tj - L,i)(cfm) (B27) conservative IPF is determined by calculating the min. imum acceptable lPF required to meet General Design h r.s " r + (let - L.) - F (cfm) (B28) Criterion 19 limits and multiplying this by a safety fac-s 3 tot which will allow for a decrease in IPF due to duct -- To = r + (L,i - L ) + (L - L.) - r3 (cfm) leakage. The recirculation air quantity is then re. s f (B29) checked and revised as necessary when evaluating the iodine protection factor reduction due to duct I'* 8?' F = control room boundary exfiltration,(cfm) 3 L = duct and housing inleakage with subsequent (4) After the outside air and recirculated air / quantities are initially determined and the equipment L,i = ou ea age m positive pressure NATS I cated, the ductwork can be sized and routed. The ducts and housings, cfm pressure h the duct relative to the surrounding area L, = duct and housing inleakage without filtra-must also be determined for the purpose of duct leak-age calculations. L,2 = uct n housing outleakage from positive (5) Next, calculate duct surface areas outside of pressure air conditioning system,'efm habitable zone, classify as positive pressure, filtered recirculation, unfiltered recirculation. (6) Based on a parametric analysis, using the NOTE: (L,3 - L ) + (L,3 - L.) represents the additional

- keup ait require [in order to maintam Control Room Presort*

Eqs. (B25) through (B29), determine the maximum allowable leak rates for L, L, L, L, such that the tion due to nuclear air treatment system and air conditioruns ducts / oi 02 and housinas leakage. IPF is achieved. (7) Determine unit leak rate by dividing allowa. ble leak rates in para. (c)(6) above by surface areas in (c) ProaJure to Determine Allowable Leakate by para. (c)(4) above. This is the unit leak rate at operat- /PF Value Reduction. The following procedure quan. ing pressure, tifies the reduction of the effectiveness of the habit-(8) Determine leak test method to be used from ability area nuclear air treatment system due to duct ASME N510 and determine test pressure. (g leakage, in terms of IPF value reduction. By limiting (9) Adjust allowable leak rate for test pressure in the percent reduction of IPF value, with respect to accordance with para. 4.14. 44 . ~. -

ll os We b &a i e t i t r ~ i. 3 ~ x E j E s o s t e s e i s A g g g e e__.-___ gg + p,, s N d ,y, 6 m b E I 's / / I .m

I U

E = t 9 8 /d i b f-6 u y k i g. 3 --.e g3 smsl1; Os_ u n ge zza = N b3~S 45

g i T I, (d) Sampic Problems For this particular example, a minimum IPF of 200is (1) Given: A control room complex is provided required in order to meet the dose requirements of with a safety related auclear treatment system and a General Design Criterion 19. cooling system. Figure B-4 shows the configuration of In this case, as long as there is no duct leakage, the the system. During accident conditions, the nuclear minimum required IPF is exceeded. However, the IPF air treatment system is required to provide a minimum is reduced when the duct inleakage and outleakage are IPF value of 200. accounted for. This must, therefore, be evaluated to The alt cleaning unit and the alt cooling unit are determine if the reduced IPF is still acceptable. located outside of the protected area (i.e., the habit-The surface area for the air cleaning duct and hous. ability envelope)in a contaminated interspace. System ing under a negative pressure which would experience parameters are given in Table B 1 and Table B 2. infiltration with subsequent filtration L is: f Determine: Allowableleakage for L,L,L.L f oi o2 v Nus Surfue Area to meet or exceed the minimum IPF, Ductwork and Housing Leakage Classifications: 1-2 131 From Fig. B 7, Scheme No.19, the leakage classes for d 2N the recirculation alt cleaning unit are determined as g gg Class II. Note, since the makeup air is not filtered prior to entering the return duct, the return duct is The surface area of the nuclear air 'reatment system assigned leakage Class 1. under a positive pressure is: The leakage classes of the air conditioning unit are Leak Class I for the negative pressure return air duct, NMes Surfa ( Area because any inleakage would be unfiltered, and Leak N 21 Class 11 for the positive preWre supply duct (assum-43 su ing control room boundary pressure requirements can 56 283 be maintained). 1153 fd Solution: For this example, a nuclear air treatment system of 3000 cfm flow capacity has been selected For tiie air conditioning systems, the corresponding g based on 1200 cfm required for pressurization and a negative pressure area is: Y ratio of recirculation airflow to outside air flow of 1.5. gg,, 3,,ry, 3,,, This ratio has been selected in order to obtain an initial conservative IPF of 248. For this hypothetical case, a 14-8 750 3" minimum acceptable IPF of 200 will be assumed. In addition to the nucicar air treatment system, the con. 1125 m trol room also requires a recirculating type air-conditioning system with an assumed capacity of and under a positive pressure: 25,000 cfm (approximately 100 tcas of cooling capac. NMes Surface Area ity). The exfiltration has been determined to be 1000 cfm maximum at 0.125 in, w.g. [3] y The maximum allowable duct leakage that will sat-IN2 400 isfy the health physics requirements is determined for 10-13 250 this example by evaluating the reduction in the iodine 1426fd protection factor (IPF). The iodine protection factor is used to express the reduction in radiolodine concen-For the nuclear air treatment system we will assume, tration within the controi room as a result of filtration based on prior test experience and the type of duct and recirculation. construction used, that the air-cleaning unit leak rate, For this example, the IPF is determined assuming n the operating pressure range specified, will be 0.025 an unfiltered inleakage (through the control room cfm/ft. This results in: 2 boundary) of zero since all doors have airlock vesti-tules and a filter efficiency of 99%. Using Eq. (B12) gives: L. 431 f x 0.025 cfm/ft = l1.3 cfm (B31) 2 2 f g,1200 + (0.99)(1800) + 0, gg f 2 2 (1 -0.99) 1200 + 0 (B30) Lg - 1153 ft x 0.025 efm/ft = 28.8 cfm (B32) 46

g 0 1 A lfG f 2 y g e p no 3 1 Z 1 1 t -0 0 1 1 L L L SHT = a A L. P 3 E ( G 4 \\ A 4 8 N F KA / c1'\\ L 4 \\ E 1 L t f @'f H T 9 7 C t I 4 W 8L \\ e ms M c 8 l ' ooe A d R r u lot G e I I l l i tr ce A nt n Cr io ID oo m t p sf W e c lt 5 O e F ts L E q j v F M 6 @g%.f x2 m E S L L T c S 5 1 3 ieF e Y L m e i + r s S L fc A k 2 e M 2 F c F i O b 4, n O + d 1 3 F a R L se L l ru O sse R rp: T ~' t Y N cu O d, dn C a 3-s \\ 2 h X t L g s n e 4 led o B gl t n I c 2 un G e d e IF 1 ia ot r w L wd - c f e e e 2 9! // t g pik B = s a ut d sY woi Sonk n a e - m E E e 1 f l X F c Ts1 fo L Om8 N te L,bsM at AeT ca ae i 1 c f E e NnSD) E G w )(b tc y h' ll jlll lll l l ll l1ljllll l l

~ Nuci i rt to b TABLE B 1 CONTROL ROOM NUCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM PARAMETERS FOR LEAKAGE ANALYSIS Duct Duct Duct Nodes Duct Length. Surface Pressure. Leekege From-To Stae tt Area,it' in, w,g. Class N, 4 12 10 m. 50 131 - 1.0 11 \\.1 2-3 '16 M. 20 84 - 2.0 11 3-4 22 in. x 12 in. 5 28 + 10.0 1 4-5 3 ft 0 in. x 7 ft 0 m. 40 842 + 10.0 1 (Note (til 6-6 22 in. x 12 in. 50 283 2.0 il 72 12 in.' 76. 236 1.0 i NOTE: (1) Housing dimensens. 4 TABLE B 2 CONTROL ROOM AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM PARAMETERS FOR LEAKAGE ANALYSIS Duct Duct Nodes Duct Length. Duct Pressure. ' Leakage From-To Size it Area, it' In, w.g. Class 14 8 60 m. x 30 in. 50 750 - 2.0 1 8-9 60 in. x 30 in. 25 375 - 3.0 1 9-10 6 ft. 0 in. x 8 ft. 0 6n. H 10 376 + 5.0 1 (Note (11) 10-11 40 M x 20 in. 40 400 + 4.0 11 10-12 40 m. x 20 n 40 400 + 4.0 li 10-13 26 in. x 12 in. 40 250 + 4.0 11 NOTE: - 11) Housing dimensions. 4 48 i

lW f Muclear air treatment system net leakage = (L s - T', = 1000 + (50-200) = 850 (B41) l o Lj3) = + 17.5 exfiltration. For al conditioning systems, assume the leak rate IPI

g3o o.99 (3g00) "

3 (1220)(.01). (B42) to be 0.07 cfm/ft : L, = 1123 ft x 0.07 elm /ft3 = 78.8 efin (B33) which is still above the minimum IPF and still pro-2 j vides a margin, Los = 1426 ft x 0.07 cfm/ft2 = 99.8 cfm (B34) 2 B3 ADDITIONAL LEAKAGE CRITERIA Additionalleakage criteria may be developed by the Net alt conditioning system leakage =,(Lo2 - Loi) " owner or system designer to meet plant specific + 21 cfm exfiltration. Furthermore, with airlock ves' ALARA criteria at the owner's option. Additional tibules F = 0. criteria may take the form of specifying nuclear air 3 insert.ng into Eqs (B27) and (B28) gives: treatment system effectiveness or system quality parameters. it is recommended that the bases for these T'i - F + (Lj - L,3) (B35) additional criteria be documented to allow future i evaluation of test data. Examples of criteria which f, = 1200 + (11.3 = 28.8) = 1182.5 (B36) could be estabinhed are as follows. (B37) B3.1 Nuclear Air Treatment System F', = T + (4,3 - L,) - F 3 3 Evfectiveness One approach to establishing values for allowabl: T's = 1000 + (99.8 - 78.8) - 0 = 1021 (B38) leakage rates based on nuclear air treatment system ef fectiveness is to provide arbitrary values for percent i of nuclear air treatment system flow rate based on 1 Using Eq. (B26): leakage classification (refer to para. B A). The values that have been historically used are 1021 + (0.99)(1800) + 0 (B39) snown in Table B-3. However, these rates may not be (1182.5)(1 -0.99) + 0 representative of actual system design margin since system design flow rates may be established due to non air cleaning requirements. For these cases, the - = 237 procedure for establishing air cleaning unit leakage rates should follow the format used in para. Since IPF is greater than the required IPF with mar

B.2.l(a)(2). Determine minimum requirements, es-

- gin, the duct leakage is acceptable. tablish flow rate tolerance and proportion across duct Based on this analysis, the actual leakage from each surface area. duct segment and housing should be calculated based on actual operating pressure to determine actual al-83.2 System Quality lowable leakage. This value should then be corrected There may be a desire to establish benchmark leak-for test pressures to establish acceptance criteria for age rates for various leakage classes and/or types of duct / housing leak testing, Subsequently,if actualtestresultsindicatedthatthe construction in order to determine quality during the installation process. inleakage was: The owner or system designer should establish the 1 = 50 cfm leak rate associated with the type of construction by / 101 = 30cfm previous test experience, calculation, or by a shop or L, = 200 cfm field test at the beginning of the installation, 102 = 50 cfm the IPF would be determined: The owner or his designee shall randomly select sec-tions of ducts or individual housings to leak test in situ. Selection of duct sections may be chosen based {' F's = 1200 + (50 -30) = 1220 (B40) 49 -2 ~ rf_g

. ~ ~ TABLE B.3 MAXIMUM ALLOWAB'LE LEAKAGE' FOR AIR CLEANING EFFECTIVENESS (PERCENT OF RATED FLOWI ESF Non.ESF Leekogo - Class - Duct Total Duct Total i (Note (2)) (Note (311 Housing (Note (4)) (Note (3)) Housing (Note 1411 I

0.10 0.10 0.60 0.10 0.6 11 -

1.00 0.20 1.2 5.00 1.00

6.0 NOTES

(1) Leak tote et operating pressure (2) Refer to Section B4 for configuration that determines leakage etess. Leakage is apportioned to surf ace area by Ls = <* x #

O A

100 where Ls = allowable leakage in duct secten, sefm P = ellowable percent leakage O = system rated flow, cfm a = surf ace area of the duct section. It' A = surf ace area of the total system ductwork pef leakage class, it' I = the alloweble untt leakage by this criteria, cim/tt (3) All ductt under positive pressure which discharge into the plant stack for high level reteese credit shall be leakage Class 1. (4) Assumes housing surf ace sees is 20% of duct surf ace area. Duct and housing leakages shall be ad;usted for actual housing and duct surf ace area ratios, but the totai percent leakage shall not exceed the sum of the listed percent leakages for duct and housing-4 on ANS!/ASQC Z1.4 os other equivalent standard; tion, respectively. The interspace refers to all other however, this is not mandatory, spaces - contaminated or clean - where the nuclear air treatment system or its parts may be located. Examples of contaminated space / interspace / B4 NUCLEAR-AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM CON. protected space arrangements are: FIGURATIONS AND LEAKAGE CLASSES Contaminated Prote:ted SP'" '"'"'P'" S P'" A nuclear air treatment system can be defined schematically in terms of three spaces and two Containment Plant spaces offsite Components. Plant site Equipment room Control room See ndary containment Equipment room Offsite The three spaces (refer to para. 3 definitions) may be either exterior or interior and are: For recirculating systems, the contaminated space -(a) the contaminated space and protected space merge into one " contaminated (b) the protected space and protected space." (c) the interspace Leakage Classes I and 11 have been assigned to the (1) contaminated various sections of each nuclear air tseatment system (2) clean to represent the qualitative effect ofleakage on the nu. The two components are: clear air treatment system function. Thus, Leakage ' (d) fan Class 11 classification indicates that due to system con-(c/ air. cleaning unit > figurations and location a higher leak rate may be - All three of the above spaces represent possible loca-allowable. Conversely, a Leak Class I classification tions for the different parts of the nuclear air treat-indicates a more stringent leak rate is required. ment system The contaminated and protected spaces Leakage Classes are noted on Figs. B 5, B 6, and also include the points of system origin and termina. B-7. _I k 50 a

f ye t I enter pece Protected Space Contem6nated Space CleerVContemined (Note (2)) gj gl Note (11) g [ Note (11) pgg y y (Note (2)] n NR 11 I il l/ll g NR (Note (2)) g 11 IU) I/ll i II 3 V H 11 11/ 8 ft m II 4 [ Note (2)) gi NR 1/11 11 m !! !!D (Note (41) (Note (2)] gg yn 1/3 1/1 ilu 6 11 NR (Note (k)) y 3/8 (Note (41) ggy p,1 il iNo,e (2,i,, ,,,i~ote(4,i ,, m i l/l (Note (41) (Note (2)) H I U 9 { I'I [ Note (41) I Il 1 II 10 IN I2O 31 NR u lli i 11 11 m NR y (Note'(2il Note (4)) i il NR !!! lm 12 11 NR g NOTES: Fan I J Air Cleaning Unit (11 Symbols = NR - Not Recommended Classl (2) All ducts under positwo pressure which discharge into the piamt stack for hign bel release credit shall be tea ,i (3) Space classif n:ation as based on the relative concentration of the space with resoset to the duct l means concentration witnin sosce is greater than duct or housing at that pointi. Thus. es duct concerst f antration, the moce classificaton will change in a gwen eres (4t Noted duct section which pass through a Clean Intermace and which are u der a negaine pressure f n - may be deskege Class Il SINGLE PASS AIR CLEANING SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS FIG. B 5 51 ^ 2.;

.I -l a, i's Cleon Spees Conteminated inwespece (Note (til i p-y. 13 Il li la j 14 Il W 11 ^ .y H I e .15 II V NR NR il J 16 11 II - I 11 ll lNote (2)) J n gi g[ g V NR-NR n n gg' li i I NR il(Note (2)) h NR m lif t v gl Note (21) g g g W NR NR g [ Note (21) g gg(Note (2)] g{ Note (2)) g g NR NR 11 8 I 21 Il NR NR 18 Il NOTES (Il Contamination level of Fluid within ductwork < contamination levet of interspace. (2) Leek Class I shall be used if ductwork is under nogetsve pressure with respect to interspace during normal or trentient - system operation 6 FIG. B 6 RECIRCULATING AIR CLEANING SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS - I n ..,.,m%,. -+- _.,,e ~~.--e,.w.,.

i f. I f i Contam6nated and Protected $pece Cloen laterence (Note (1}} l No. \\- Il il 2, 23 11 Il II m tl(Note (2)) t II ii 24 I il gg (Note (2)I gg 1 I Il 11 m 26 Il II NR ll 11 i 11 gg I m 11 I I e 28 11 NR Il I 11 I I gg Il m &w NR NR 11 l 11 1 g 3, (Note (2}} gg gg V NOTES. (1) Contamination level of Flue within ductwork > > contamination level of interspece. (2) Leakege Class I shall be used if ductwork is under positive pressure with respect to interspece during normal of transient tystem operation. h FIG. B 7 RECIRCULATING AIR CLEANING SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS - 11 53 4

1( f: p. NONMANDATORY APPENDIX C Manifold Design Guidelines (This Appendix is not part of ASME N5091989, and is included for 6nfo mation purposes only.1 contaminated systems must be tested using a remotely C1 GENERAL c ntroHed traverse, C1,1 Test manifolds discussed in this Appendix are those required for test agent injection and sampling to The most common situation that requires ini, C2.4 perform in-place aerosol tests per ASME N510-1989. tial preparation for manifold design is leak testing component banks in series. There are many possible n at ns a creat ss t on t ost C2 MANIFOLD REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PLACE g 9 niter housing. HEPA-Carbon is the most common C2.1 Housing and frame leak tests usually do not arrangement but, HEPA-HEPA, Carbon-Carbon, HEPA-Carbon-Carbon arrangements also may re-require specific provision for testing; only simple quire the use of manifolds. Refer to Fig. C l. threaded penetrations are needed. C2.5 Manifolds may be necessary in a housing with-C2.2 Determination of airflow rate and velocity dis, out components in series. An example where an injec-tribution may require access ports for traverse mea. tion manifold is required to obtain uniform test agent surements of airflow velocity on systems too small or distribution is a recirculation system with no too contaminated for entry of a person to take the nec- 'I 'I

essary data. Specifically, there must be provision to measure the airflow rate which is best measured in c Manifolds are required whenever injection of C2.6 straight duct run on the basis of standard pitot tube a test agent at a single point does not result in the re-traverse. lf these conditions do nat exist where the ve-quired distribution of the agent over the inlet f ace of locity is greater than 600 fpm, then the measurements the filter bank required for the performance of a leak should be taken downstream of a HEPA filter bank.

test or where sampling is required from an unmixed This is the same location the airflow distribution test str u m. data is usually taken, The ports shall provide suf ficient access to allow at least 10 measurements to be taken evenly over the face C3 ADDITIONAL REASONS FOR USE OF PERMA-of the HEPA filter bank. Systems with more than 10 NENTLY INSTALLED MANIFOLDS filters will be large enough to allow entry unless unu-sual contamination restricts entry. C3.1 Permanently installed manifolds, which have passed ASME N510 acceptance testing, provide a qui k and simple means to repeat leak tests. C2.3 Challenge / air mixing uniformity testing re-quires access similar to that required for airflow distri-Alternate methods of testing when a :; ingle C3.2 bution. The difference is that the measurements must be taken upstream of the HEPA or adsorbent bank. poir,t sample cannot be used, includ.im temporary { g manifolds, are more time consuming thsn using a per-Large systems usually allow entry for personnel to 10-cate the sample lines by hand, but small or unusually manently installed manifold system, 55

w_ _ me e i C3,3 Other methods require entering the air. C4.3 DOP injection manifolds require larger i cleaning unit to install a temporary manifold, take diameter and additional design consideration than for tc R 11 manifolds. R 11 is a normally gas at ambient u multiple samples, place a shroud, remove a compo. nent, etc. This not only takes time, but can be a conditions so condensation and plateout is usually not d personnel exposure and contamination control prob. a problem. As DOP aerosol is subject to plateout, e-lem with a contaminated system, condensation and agglomerationt the following rec. I ommendations are more critical. The design of DOP -c C3,4 A permanently installed manifold system al-lows a bank leak test of the air cleaning unit without turning the air cleaning unit off or breaching the pres. C4.4 General Rules Appliable to All injection sure boundary that could affect system operation. C4.4.1 The total area of the exit holes is typically C3.5 Properly designed temporary manifolds can mes the cross se&n de phe WcMe W be installed in a few minutes except for very large sys-are I cated. tems (where the time frame for any alternate proce-dure is equally extended). Once installed, and 'the C4.4.2 Headers should have a cross section 1.25 access door closed, the time constraints for ALARA times the sum of the cross sections of all the branches. or system nonavailability is usually reduced. [Four branches each I in. (0.8 in') results in a header 2 i of (1.25)(4)(0.8 in ) = 3.9 in or 2% in, diameter header.] - C3.6 Properly designed and tested permanently or temporarily installed manifolds provide a more tech-C4.4.3 Paras. C.5.4.1 and C.5.4.2 are subject to nically defensible test result than alternate methods, allowances for standard drill and pipe dimensions. When compromise must be made it is better to err on - the high side of hole or branch area. g C3.7 Manifolds, in general, require less training and technical depth for use than alternate methods. - C4.4.4 Valves should be used only to isolate branches. If possible it is better to avoid them because valve settings may change and require reverification of manifold design or adjustment. C4 lNJECTION MANIFOLDS C4.4.5 The low point of each branch should have a C4.1 - Aninjection manifold is a device w'.ich is used screw cap to allow the leg to be drained if necessary, to produce a t.:. 3rm distribution of the injected test C4.4.6 Sharp radius changes of direction should be agent over the cross section of a housing to permit avoided. Compound bends are preferable to multiple - proper leak testing of a filter bank. The test agent elbows. When elbows are used, they should be kept to must be uniform, withm 120% of the average, across the minimum, Two 45 deg. elbows in series are the face of the bank includirts frame to-housing inter-better than one 90 deg. cibow. face and confirmed by the air aerosol mixing uni-formity Test per Section 9 of ASME N510. C4.4.7 The ID of the manilold should be smooth and free from sharp edges, burrs, crevices. C4.2 The complexity in design and execution of an C4.4.8 Existing high velocity areas and/or turbu-injection manifold varies greatly depending on the air-lences (if any) within the air-cleaning unit should be cleaning unit configuration. An injection manifold used to enhance mixing and therefore simplify the - downstream of a Type 111 adsorber is relatively simple manifold design. because the sample manifold will follow the adsorber C4.4.9 The inlet to the injection manifold should slots and take advantage of the high velocity flow exit-be at a location accessible for connecting Ihe ing the slots. Refer to Fig. C 2, Sheets 12. generator. - On the other extrerne, a HEPA-HEPA configura. tion may be very difficult because the air filter bank is C4.4.10 The location of permanent manifolds at low velocity and usually laminar exiting the first should be checked for possible interference with com- -( HEPA. The distance between component banks ponent changeout and other maintenance access affects the design significantly, requirements. 56

f f C t I airstream and manif old so condensation should C4.4.11 Manifold outlet holes should be oriented a problem. to take advantage of the flow path for mixing. Config-r urations that would subject the manifold holes to A major point to stress is that the aerosol site direct velocity pressure from the air flow should be used for ASME N510 testing contains particle size less C5.2 I avoided in all but the most exceptional circumstances' than 5 microns; therefore, isokinetic sampling is not ( Holes should be on a staggered pattern,90 deg. to each other,45 deg. on the centerline. Refer to Fiss' required, For gases, such as halide, isokinetic sam. pling is not required. p C 2 and C 3' A larger number of branches is required to en-The design of aerosolinjection manifolds is C5.3 sure detecting a leak point; the diameters are based on C4.5 dependent on the bank and housing configuration, airflow considerations. n C4.5.1 All injection manifold desirns need to be tested to assure meeting the Air / Aerosol Mixing Uni-Even with small diameter sampling manifolds, y formity requirements of Section 9 of ASME N510. the sampled volume is usually significant as far as the C5.4 3 C4.5.1.1 If adjustments are required in a manifold time needed to reach the detector element. Sample pumps in most detectors are sized for standard % in. to pass the uniformity test, they should be permanent. This will climinate a need to repeat the uniformity test nylon lines; therefore, an auxiliary pump / blower is

5 esampleft mthe e ay n each time a leak test is performed,

"*"*"YW'# furthest pomt reach. g the detector.This de er m C4.5.1.2 Examples of permanent adjustments culated from the internal volume and layout of the 7 elay m an e capa y e pmp. (b) closing (full or partial) holes with solder or weld must be f actored into the penetration calculations for (a) dr 11ing out holes to a larger diameter, adaber beds. m f (c) addition of holes. As most detectors are designed to operate at or (d) addition of orifice plates, C5.5 (c) addition of permanent baffles to manifold,near ambient pressures, care is required in connecting te the detector to an auxiliary blower system. It must not Se (f) basic change of design, be "hard piped" to a closed system or subject to the m e mput presme oMe Nower. An open hole in the main sample line or a " tee', before the blower is ps preferred.The setup must not allow di .a C5 SAMPLING MANIFOLOS Y-in general, all the design points mentioned for past the takeoff point is not relevant), it must not al injecting manifolds apply to sampling manifolds.Themain differenc low velocity pressure from the auxiliary blower to C5.1 'be 'I' the challenge agent, on the order of a fraction 1,000 to change the pressure in the detector sample. The con-80 100,000less.This greatly reduces the problem of aero. nection must be firm enough that no change will occur sol agglomeration and plateout. Further, the chal-I during the test. lenge agent is usually in thermal equilibrium with the a th I U-be he ld ne di s' l 5,

z...

x

P a Single point sample for 1st stage ' HEPA DOP HE PA/adsorbn sample t l , =. _. _. _. _. N i g5g ,.x._. l }j jf cCCCCe Ed j g; l E: l u l a y l Prefitter HEPA Charcoal Postfitter adsorber GENERAL NOTES: fel Injection of DOP/Het.de is in intet duct. Ibl Downstream DOP/Hetide sample port may be located in outlet duet Plan A - Ducted Intet/ Outlet HEPA-Coebon Conf evestion FIG. C-1 COMMON CONFIGURATIONS REQUIRING TEST MANIFOLDS l i 1 1 e -.~ i ~

lg..

R m

O I l-2 1 i o l=?=I o u Eo a E* ,5 k b m Es8 d E Jgis M g s p) !.5 ce fk l l 3 .* i 2' } o 3 E' $ d l l l l d j N 22 i. _i,l s r s s,

s. i

,g .s ib IN M d e t. e s ilu,i nn! filis enem X [j is j 5 it E, x j,S n oU f b ES 5, s s. 1484 1 011 s 9"I8 1 o v8 s -rEas u I g s a 5EE 7

5 L-- 5.- - &

e9 Ak f i $ $9

c,-- - - .2a ?'

=: ' =_ u...

t-A ., i Single point fai*ction enandoM upttvearn m g for for downstream f-HEPA DOP ist stage HEPA tarnpk HEP A/adiawber - i'm U O h5 ~ f> b f k ih

i&

15 8

22 @

M i:2 Prefitter HEPA HEPA GE NER At. NOT ES: - (a) Inicetion of DOP/Hel de is in intet duct (b) Downstream DOP/Hofede sample point may be in outWt duct Plan C - Deed Intetrout6*t HEPA-HEPA Configuration ' FIG. C-1 COMMON CONFIGURATIONS REQUIRING TEST MANIFOLDS (CONT *D) ' I ( e m

4 h 1 2 A t u! B gI E o L 'b$?h fN ll l i I = z ,53: 5 8 ) E F gg= 1 fi$ l I h Il 2 l l I N 38 o 2 e 6* I di 3 E $U 2 m ll ) lll { ll n' W m i E [ i $e3=t r !al ig g jl1 I ft 8 e I s 1 e g = NMME h k h Sk i e o [ s r b gk 2 l ^ / 11 5 o 1-( I I3 8 I<4 -o --s 3 I 251 }$ ? cd a 5 .~r .I t $80 85! i o!5 5.tlel5 a Ef B B eaz: 61

n ,t.,,, Y b o a g s i A b Q N ,5 :y f f s o { ') 8 e a 3 2 o A ( ) h' Y } ?> ( l1.,1 } I, ta i l e 6 3 35 E [- } ai ll u..lll;< is

11. i.

.a n:p v e z P g 3 h = i W dU# E A9 ?'>f i 8 8 = MM#tt*Md 5 i 3 i s et s e o 7 z ^ O t s I 3,1 }< 1 5 ,5 i o ,a l i E.g3E$ h Erl [ 3 -m r y 2 a o e O N-o 921 a g!E E E f f. e E i 5:.- e se 9:: I l 62 l 1

L i D 5 4, ~ ? [_ ^- ~. gJ ~ 1 - :g r0 i d lo 1 fi n l a if e u m oe e vb d T s e N f t, ] r o iu G e ) t s q m l lo d e I c e S ( v i is E a t h r t F o it f N o D n e s a r Bm b L e D

6, n

r B o o O t i d F I s ntoc v a A ~ it i t f 1 N c n n f ei e i A l S h M v e Bt w p t e y t T O ~ o t i n h T s t r le W H a C s e d A o f lo i O f 3 n R Aj ig C a P M P n A F o e it L e c S e A j p s n R E le i o d h a N s E 2 k G h e _i it h s w r t d w 2 t r sfi fi C e oig lo d s lo s ee A n sd ] ) a

a n

l t m E G i d i i A TM t lo I ef e e F t nl p O )! pi ~ o o y n m Ni N it a T m c a ( e s f ot S s ee t g cd ai F l Ai d lo fina M A3 8

9+ t ?6 p srebrosd l a i I e p y T r o ) f D n T' e ht N sr s O e r tt e fi b C r ( o A s N P d E A G I H l S k i n n d e s E a r b ig n p e D a y t D s t r e s Ti e D e F lt fi d t h L iA t lo o WP O r A i d s E F f s P I n e d H E e t lom AN H M i fino M e o f ts p e r o e e y t d T Ms e n O c nw T r F o io f o cD H t W j o e r C n A u i q d O er ne R e P r e P a lp m A s t n a L io S

p A

e R El T p E Om N e E N s Le G r A o R m E 2 y N n E a C GM G IF fko f ine M ,II 1 il! lljl 1

- - ~ ~ ~ ~ O .g-R Bef fle support I I i I e O 30 g 1 I l 1 1 i e I I i i i i 3 I O', 1O C e Manifo4d l l I / ~ 2 Monifold - + Baffle ptote S*CTb8 pian Aftevnete Detsit for leiection Semplies Manifold estfie Desen When Turtmience is Required FIG. C-3 ALTERNATE DETAll FOR INJECTION SAMPLING MANIFOLD BAFFLE DESIGN WHEN TURBULENCE IS REQUIRED

o s NUCLEAR POWER PLANT Aln CLEANING UNITS AND COMPONENTS ASME N6o91989 MANDATORY APPENDIX D Performar ce Test for Qualification of Sampling Manifolds (TNs Appendix is en integral part of ASME N5091989, and is placed af ter the main text for conveniencej D1 PURPOSE D3.5 A temporary duct and fan shall be provided downstream of the housing. The duct shall be long The purpose of this test is to provide objective data enough and have provisions sufficient to guarantee that installed sampimg mam, folds provide a represent-mixing so that a representative single point sample ative sample for subsequent component bank leak may be taken. Baffles, vanes, or other means of pro-tests performed in the field per ASME N510-1989. vid ng good mixing are acceptable in the duct assem-bly. These shall be clearly shown on the sketch and documented sufficiently for independent review. The basis for 100% mixing shall be documented. When downstream of sampling a fan, mixing may be D2 UMITS assumed acceptable. This is a factory test for sampling manifolds. IT in other configurations, the number of sample CANNOT BE PERFORMED IN THE FIELD. points shall be in accordance with Chapter 9 of Indus-(') trial Ventilation. If necessary the number of sampling kJ points, mixing, or duct length shall be increased so D3 TEST REQUIREMENTS cach sampled concentration is 5% of the calculated a m age. D3.1 The housing, component banks, and sampling manifolds shall be complete and in their final ready-for-use configuration. Any later modifications shall D3.6 The temporary duct and fan assembly shall be invalidate this test. leak tight so no dilution air can enter or leave the test boundary. This shall be confirmed by a documented leak test in accordance with ASME N510. D3.2 DOP aerosol shall be used to qualify all sampling manifolds including, halide sampling manifolds. D3.7 A visual inspection using applicable sections of ASME N510 Visual inspection checklist shall be EI '*ed af ter the test setup is completed, but before D3.3 DOP aerosol test equipment shall conform to the test is performed. Nonconformances shall be re-the requirements of ASME N510 for DOP aerosol leak testing of HEPA filter banks. s Ived before the test,s performed. i D3.8 Test engineers and technicians shall be quali-D3.4 The test shall be conducted at the housing de-fied in accordance with ANSI /ASME NQA 1. A sign flow rate 10%. If more than one flow rate is re-Levell! Test Engineer shall prepare the test prwedure quired for operation, a manifold performance test and review the test results for acceptance. shall be performed at each flow rate. If the design has a variable flow rate, then the minimum and maximum ( 10%) shall both be used to perform the tests. Air-D4 TEST METHOD flow distribution testing per para. 5.6.5.5 shall be pcr- / ) formed as a prerequisite to manifold qualification D4.1 The basis of the tes: n to compare the single-tests. point aerosol concentration taken in the temporary 53 67 a

[4 e. ASME N509-1989 NUCLEAR POWER PLANT Am CLEANING } UNITS AND COMPONENTS test duct with that obtained from the sampling mani-DS.2 Sample Manifold fold under test. The sample manifold concentration shall be within 2 5% of the single-point sample concentration for all D4.2 Test data shall be taken with all filter elements aritificial leak paths, and adsorbent instalied, and: (a) without any aritificialleak paths; (b) with one or more aritificial leak paths, as follows: (1) the artificial leak paths shall be located, one at a time, to simulate leaks in the filter / adsorbent D6 DOCUMENTATION face, the frame-to-wall welds (including floor and ceil-D6.1 ing), and gasket to frame seals (where applicable), A sketch of the factory test setup shall be pro-and at structural welds on Type !!! adsorbers; vided. It shall provide sufficient dimensions and detail (2) the number and exact placement of the artifi-to allow analysis by the owner prior to start of testing. I cial leak paths depends on the size and configuration of the bank and housing, but shall be no less than 10 D6.2 The details of the test instruments for airflow with at least four at frame to-wall floor ceiling loca-and DOP generation and detection shall be provided. tions. Tests with multiple leak paths are permissible g g after the required 10 tests with single leak paths are de performed. D6.3 Test procedure shall be submitted to the D4.3 Concentration shall be measured in the tem-Owner for review prior to the start of testing. All porary duct and then using the sampling manifold. quantitative data shall be presented in a manner that For each test ecndition the single-point sample con-w 11 allow independent analysis of the test. centration shall be the average of the traverse readings in the temporary duct. D6.4 The location, date, and test engineers / l technicians shall be listed with signatures. D4.4 If the sample manifold concentration does not correspond to the single point sample within $4 D6.5 An ANSI /ASME NQA 1, Levell! Test Engi-the sample manifold shall be modified to produce a neer shall sign the test report to be submitted to the sample within 5% for all test conditions. owner for review prior to shipping the air-cleaning D4.4.1 One method to determine where the non-units. uniformity in concentration exists is to scan in front of the manifold while the challenge aerosol is flowing. This will provide data to assist the redesign / modification of the manifold. D7 ACCEPTANCE OF RESULTS D4.5 Upon successful completion of the test, any D7.1 The owner shall review the detailed test proce-excess DOP shall be removed from the housing, mani-fold, ano associated hardware to avoid false readings dure, including drawings of the temporary duct and m the future. hardware, before the test is performed and shall pro-vide comments to the testing organizations D5 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA D7.2 The owner shall review the results of the test DS.1 Single Point Sample before the housings are shipped, it is recommended that such approval be before the test assembly is dis-The traverse concentration measurements taken at mantled. The owner shall advise the manufacturer, in the single point sample location shall be within 5% writing, of acceptance of sampling manifold qualifi-of the calculated average concentration. cation test results prior to the unit's being shipped. 4 68

..m. v

,1-O AN AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD l

p--- TESTING OF NLCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS ASME N510-1989 (REVISION OF ANSVASME N5101980) l The American Society of .E Mechanical Engineers m 345 East 47th Street, New York, N.Y.10017

Date of issuance: December 15.1989 This document will be revised when the Society approves the issuance of a new edition. There will be no Addenda issued to ASME N510-1989. Please Note: ASME issues written replies to inquiries concerning interpretation of technical aspects of this document. The interpretations are not part of the document. N5101989 is being issued with an automatic subscription service to the interpretations that will be issued to it up to 1994. 4 ASME is the registered trademark of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. This code or standard was developed under procedures accredited as meeting the criteria for American National Standards. The Consensus Committee that appruved the code or standard was balanced to assure that individuals from competent and concemed interests have had an opportunity to participate. The proposed code or standard was made available for public review and comment whic' provides an opportunity for additional public input from industry, academia, n regulatory agencies, and the public-at large. ASME does not

approve," " rate," or " endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.

ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any items mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to Irisure anyone utilizing a standard against liability for infringement of any apphcable Letters Patent, not assume any such liability. Users of a code or standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights,is entirely their own responsibilrty. Participation by federal agency representative (s) or person (s) affiliated with industry is not to be interpreted as govemment or industry endorsement of this code or standard. ASME accepts responsibility for only those interpretations issued in accordance with goveming

ASME procedures and policies which preclude the issuance of interpretations by indrvidual vol-unteers.

No part of this document may be reporduced in any form, in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise, without the prior wntten permission of the pubhsher. Copyright c 1989 by THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS All Rights Reserved Printed in U.S.'.

-~ - ~ -e .g t FOREWORD (TNs Foreword la not part of ASME N51M909.) This Standard covers requirements for the field testing of ESF (Engineered Safety Feature) and other high efficiency air cleaning systems for nuclear power plants and other nuclear applications. The Standard was originally developed by the American Na-tional Standards Committee N45 on Reactor Plants. This Standard provides a basis.for the development of test programs and detailed acceptance and surveillance test procedures, and specifies minimum requirements for - the reporting of test results. Following approval by the N45 Standards Committee, the first edition of the Standard - was approved on June 19,1975 by the American National Standards Institute, and des-ignated ANSI N5101975. - In 1975, the N45.8 Subcommittee was reorganized into the ASME Committee on Nuclear Air and Gas Treatment (CONAGT) and began operating under the ASME Procedures for Nuclear Projects which received accreditation on January 15,1976. CON-AGT was chartered to develop, review, maintain, and coordinate Codes and Standards for design, fabrication, installation, testing. and inspection of equipment for gas treatment ~ =- for nuclear power plants. - The second edition of the Standard was approved by CONAGT and the ASME Nuclear Codes and Standards Committee and was subsequently approved by the American Na-tional Standards Institute on March 20,1980. This is the third edition of this StandardiThe purpose of this revision is to updr.te the Standard to incorporate technical inquiries, corrections, and state of the art improve-ments as part of the ANSI. required 5 year review. In order to gain input for this revision CONAGT held workshops in February and April of 1985. These workshops were attended by representatives from utilities, consulting engineers, testing contractors, manufacturers,' and regulators. The format of the workshop. - provided an open forum for obtaining comments on where improvements and/or clari-fications were needed.These discussions provided the basis for this revision and a revision to N510's companion standard ASME N509. Requests for clarifications or technical inquiries should be submitted in written form to the ASME Secretary. Technical inquiries should reference the specific paragraph in question and be phrased such that a yes/no response can be made. Unclear inquiries will . be returned unanswered to the inquirer. This edition of the Standard was approved by CONAGT and the' ASME Board on Nuclear Codes and Standards and was subsequently approved by the American National Standards Institute on October 3,1989 10

.s-O'h ASME COMMITTEE ON NUCLEAR AIR AND GAS TREATMENT (The following is the roster of the listed Committees at the time of approval of this Standard.) OFFICERS-W. H. MCler, Jr., Chahman R. R. Weldier, Mce Chairman M. M. Merker, Cecretary COMMITTEE PERSONNEL R. R. Bellamy, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission F. J. Cannito. Jr. American Nuclear insurers M. W. First, Harvard School of Public Health, Air Cleaning Laboratory i D. J. Gledden, Dugway Proving Grounds C. E Graves, Nuclear Consulting Services, Inc. M. R. Hergen, American Air Fitter Co. S. A. Hobart. Adams & Hobart Consulting Engineers I J. W. Joeox, Jaccx Asmiates '( L J. Klees, Tennessee Vaney Authority J. L Kovech, Nuclear Consutung Services, Inc. W. H. Miller, Jr., Sergent & Lundy Engineers S. C. Omberg, Sargent & Lundy Engineers J. D. Paul. E.1. du Pont de Nemours & Co. R. M. Van Beeeleere Ruskin Manufacturing Division T. J. Vogen, Fiorida Power and Ught Co. R. R. Weidler, Duke Power Co. J. R. Yow, Corporate Consulting and Development Co., Ltd. SUBCOMMITTEE ON FIELD TESTING PROCEDURE S. O, Benton, Chairman, Pacific Gas & Electric Co. ' J. L Kovech, Mee Chairman, Nuclear Coneutting Services,lnc. i l F. J. Cennato, Jr., American Nuclear insurers M. W. First. Harvard Cchool of Public Health. Alt Cleaning Laboratory S. A. Hobart. Adams & Hobart Consulting Engineers D. D. Whitney, Sacramento Municipal Utikty District l-SUBGROUP ON FIELD TESTING PROCEDURE OF NUCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS S. G. Benton, Chairman, Pacific Gas & Electric Co. A. T. Bishara. Vice Chairman, Plant Technical Services, Inc. J. R. Hunt. Secretary, Nuclear Containment Systems R. Cruickshank, Arizona Nuclear Power Project J. M. Goldsmitn. Nuclear Air Testing Association,Inc. D. M. Hubbard, Duke Power Co. 4 D.J. Powars, Stone & Webster Engineering Corp. R. R. Sommer, Nuclear Consulting Services D. D. Whitney, Sa.ramento Municipal Utirrty District y

i ,1 + e- -\\ E l CONTENTS Foreword............................................................................... iii Standards Committee Roste r.......................................... v 1 Scope............................................................................. 1 - 1.1 Use of This Standard.......................................... 1-1.2 - Limitations of This Standard............................................ 1 2 Refe rence Docu me nts............................................. 1 2.1 Project Specifications...................................................... 1 2.2 - American Conference of Government Industrial . Hygie nists (ACG lH).................................................... 1 2.3 - - American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)................... 1 2.4 - American Nuclear Socie ty (ANS)........................................ 1 2.5 Air Movement and Control Association Inc. (AMCA).................. 1 2.6 -- ~ American :>ociety of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).................... 1 2.7 National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEE *)..................... [ 2.8 2 Sheet Metal anddir Conditioning Contractors National-N. Associa tion (SMACN A) _........................................... 2 2.9 Associa ted Air Balance Cou ncil (AABC)................................ 2 2.10 NR C/INEL Activate d Carbon Testing Program......................... 2 2.11 American National Standards Institu te ( ANS I)......................... 2 J2.12 U.S. Departmen t of Energy (DOE)...................................... 2 3 ' Te rm s a n d Definition s.................................................. 2-4 General........................................................................... 4 4.1 Te st Proce d ure................................................ 4 4.2. Pe rso n n e l J.................................................... 4 - 4.3 Ins trume nta tion - Pe rmanent............................. 4 4.4 I ns trumentation - Portable............................................ 4 5 Vi s u a l i n s p e cti o n............................................................. 4 5.1 P urpose............................................. 4 5.2 ' Summary of M e thod..................................................... 4 5.3 Pre re quisit e s.......................................... 4 5.4 - A ppara tus................................................................. 4 5.5 : P roce d u r e............................................................. 4 5.6 Acce p t ance Crit e ria l...................................................... 7 5.7 - Report.................................................................... 7 6 Duet and Housing Leak and Structural Capability Tests.................... 7 6.1 Pu rpos e........................................... 7 6.2. S ummary o f M e t h ad..................................................... [ n: 6.3 ~ Pre re q u is it es.............................................................. 7 'W' 6.4 - Apparatus...... 7 7 l. 6.5 Proce d u r e.............................................................. L 8 vii L

V q N6p ; 6.6 Accep table Crit e ria........................................................ 9 6.7 : Report'..................................................................... 9 7 Mounting Frame Pressure Leak Test (Optional)............................. 9 3 7.1 Purpose.................................................................... 9 -7.2 Su nm ary of M e thod...................................................... 9 73 Pre re quisit es............................................................... 9 7.4 A pp a r a tus.................................................................. 9 7.5 Proce d u r e.................................................................. 10 7.6 Acceptance Crit eria....................................................... 10 7.7 Report..................................................................... 10 ) 8. Alrflow Capacity an d Distributio n Tests...................................... 10 8.1 Purpose.................................................................... 10 8.2-S ummary of Me thod...................................................... 10 83 Prerequisit es............................................................... 10 8.4 App ara tus.................................................................. 10 8.5 Proce d u re.................................................................. 10 8.6 / Acceptance Criteria....................................................... 11 8.7, Report..................................................................... 11 9 Air Aerosol Mixing Uniformity Test 11 9.1 Purpose.................................................................... 11-9.2 S u m m uy of Method...................................................... 11 93 Pre requisit es............................................................... 12 9.4 _. Apparatus.................................................................. 12 9.5 Proce d ure.................................................................. 12 9.6 Accep tance Crite ria....................................................... 12 9.7 Report..................................................................... 12 10 H EPA Filte r Ban k in.Pla ce Test................................................. 12 10.1 Purpose.................................................................... 12 10.2 Summary of M e thod...................................................... 12 103 - Pre requisit es............................................................... 12 10.4 Apparatus.................................................................. 12 10.5 P roce d u r e.................................................................. 12 _ 10.6 Acce ptance Crit e ria '....................................................... 13 l 10.7 Report..................................................................... 13 1 11 Ad sorbe r Ba nk in. Place Test................................................... 13 11.1. Purpose.................................................................... 13 -11.2 S umm ary of Me th od...................................................... 13 1 13 - Pre re qu isi t es............................................................... 13 l 11.4 Appara tus.................................................................. 11.5 Proce d u re.................................................................. 13 11.6-Accep tance Crit e ria....................................................... 14 11.7 Report..................................................................... 14 12 D u ct D a m pe r B ypa s s Te st...................................................... 14 L 12.1 Purpose.................................................................... 14 12.2 Summ ary of M e thod...................................................... 14 123 Pre re qu isi t es............................................................... 14 12.4 Apparatus.................................................................. 14 12.5 Procedure.................................................................. 14 12.6 Acceptance Crit e ria....................................................... 14 W 12.7 Report..................................................................... 14 vill

v .- P-13 S y st em t ypa s s Te s t............................................................. 15 13.1 Purpose.................................................................... 15 13.2 Su mmary of M e thod...................................................... 15 t 13.3 Pi ereq uisi tes............................................................... 15 i 13.4 Appar a tus.................................................................. 15 i 13.5 Procod are.................................................................. -15 13.6 Acceptance Crite ria....................................................... 15 13.7 Report..................................................................... 15 14 Air Heater Perf ormance Test................................................... 15 14.1 Purpose................................................................... 15 14.2 Summary of Me thod...................................................... 15 14.3 Prereq u isites............................................................... 15 14.4 Appara t us.................................................................. 15 14.5 Proced u re.................................................................. 16 -14.6 Acceptance Cri teria....................................................... 16 14.7 Report..................................................................... 16 16 Laborotory Testing of Adoorbent.............................................. 16 15.1 Purpose.................................................................... 16 15.2 : Suremary of M e t hod -...................................................... 16 15.3 - Pre requ isi t es............................................................... 16 15.4 Appara tu s..................................................................16 15.5 Proce d u re............................... 4................................. 16 15.6 Accept ance Crit e ria....................................................... 16 15.7-Report..................................................................... 16 Table 1 Tests and Inspections With Recommended Frequencies...................... 5 Nonmandatory Apper. dices A Discussion of Housing and Frame I.mak Tests................................... 17 ' B Additional Guidance for Use of ASTM D 3803, 1979.......................... 19 l /"% ix - ~

ASME N6101999 TESTING OF NUCLFAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS 1 SCOPE the text.The issue of the referenced document noted his Standard covers field testing of ASME N509 beW sM k b cueet. U no date h Sted, men 2e issue of the referenced document in effect at the time 1989 high efficiency air treatment systems for nuclear I of the purchase order shall apply. ASME/ ANSI AO-P" P "'"5' 1 contains code requirements for nuclear air and gas treatment equipment. Dese code requirements may 1.1 Use of This Standard be substituted for the requirements listed herein. This Standard prmides a basis for the develop-gp 3 ment of test programs and does not include accept-ance criteria except where the results of one test The project specifications for the facility, influence the perfonnance of cther tests. Acceptance criteria shall be developed by the owner based on the 2.2 American Conference of Government system desigrt1 unction in accordance with ASME N509 Industrial Hygienists (ACGlH) This Standard is arranged so that the user may Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended select those portions (tests) which are relevant to Practice (20th edition) ,'] cach appli:ation. Tests should be performed in the V sequence listed in Table 1. Laboratory samples 2.3 Amerleen Society for Testing and Materials should be obta!ned prior to performance of the ad' (ASTM) sorber bank in place leak test. Tests included in this Standard, together with the recommended minimrun ASTM D 3803-Standard Method for Ra-frequency of testing, are listed in Table 1. The user 1979 diciodine Testing of Nu. must specify which tests shall be employed, and the clear Grade Gas Phase acceptance critena for those tests, in the test pro. Adsorbents grain or project specifications. The Nonmandatory NOTL Refer to Nonmandatory Appenda It Appendices prmide additiona' @cussion and guld-ance. 2.4 American Nuclear Society (ANS) 1.2 Llrr.itations of This Standard ANS 3.1 1987 Selection Qualification and Training of Nuclear Power This Standard covers post delivery testing of in. Plant Penonnel stalled a!r treatment systems. Pre delivery testing of indMdual components is covered by ASME N509, 2.5 Air Mo rement and Control Association Inc. This Standard shall be applied in its entirety to sys-(AMC.4) tems designed and built to ASME N509 specifica-tions. Sections of this Standard may be used for AMCA 5001983 Test Methods for louven, technical guidance for testing air treatment systems Dampers, and Shutters designed according to other criteria. 2.6 American Society of Mechanical Engineers 2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS n{' j Tbc following documents supplement this Stan-ASME/ ANSI Code on Nuclear Air and dard and are a part of it to the extent indicated in AG 1-1988 Gas Treatment 1

f ASME N5101989 TESTING OF NUCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS ASME N5091989 Nuclear Power Plant Air-admtber - a device or vessel containing adsorbent Cleaning Units and Com-odsorber had orfl!rcr bad - one or more filter or ponents adsorber cells secured in a single mounting frame, or ANSI /ASME Ouality Assurance Program one or more side by side panels containing poured NOA 11986 Requirements for Nuclear or packed air treatment media, confined within tbc Facilities perimeter of a duct, plenum, or vault cross section; sometimes referred to as a stage 2.7 National Environmental Balancing Bureau adwrber cell or cell - a modular container for an (NEBB) adsorbent, with provision for sealing to a mounting frame, which can be used singly or la multiples to Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and build up a system of any altflow capacity Balancing of Em. onmental Systems,1983 acrosol - a stable suspen,lon of particles, solid or liquid, in alt (particle size less than 100 pm) 2.8 Sheet Metal and Alt Conditioning cemsoldetection frutrwnent - an instrument capable Contractors National Association (SMACNA) of measuring DOP aerosol concer tration with a lin-IWAC Systems Testing. Adjusting, and Dalancing, car range _of at least 105 1982 2 aventge (C) - 2.9 Assoelsted Air Balance Counell(AABC) g, DC, National Standard of Total System Balance,1982 where 2.10 NRC/INEL Activated Carbon Testing I = summation of reading from 1 through n Program C, = individual readings Report No. EGO CS 7653 (April 1987) g odular container for an adsorbent, with provision for sealing to a mounting 2.11 American National Standards Institute frame, which can be used singly or in multiples to (ANSI) build up a system of any altflow capacity ANSl/ASHRAE Number Designation of Re, challenge - to expose a filter, adsorber, or other air-34 1978 frigerants cleaning device to an aerosol or gas of knowri chat-aeteristics, under specified conditions, for the pur-pose of testing 2.12 U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) DOP ocrosol - a challenge aerosol (dioctyl phthal-DOE Proceedings,16th DOE Nuclear Air Deaning ste) for testing IIEPA filter banks. The DOP aerosol Conference, page 125, " Size Distributions of Aero-used for in place testing of installed HEPA filter sys. sols Produced from Substitute Material by the Laskin tems in accordance with this Standard is a polydis-Cold DOP Aerosol Generator," by W. Hinds, J. perse liquid aerosol having an approximate light-Macher, M. First (February 1981 NITS Springfield, scattering mean droplet size distribution as follon: VA). 99% less than 3.0 m 50% less than 0.7 pm 10% less than 0.4 m 3 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS The polydispersed DOP acrosol used for in place activated carbon - an adsorbent of porous structure leak testing of systems should not be confused with manufactured by carbonization of organic material the 0.3 m monodisperse DOP aerosol used for ef-and treated by controlled oxidation to increase its ficiency testing of individual HEPA filters by manu-microporosity, consisting mainly of the element car-facturers. For allowable substitutes to DOP, see bon in a porous structure para 2.12. adsorbent - any solid having the ability to concen-DOP acrosolgenerator - a device to creste an acraol g trate significant quantities of other substances on its from liquid DOP in the required particle size and y surface distribution l 2

TESTWO OF NUCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS ASME N5101989 duct - an enclosed passage through which air is operating cycle - a period of time, defined by the tramferred from point to point; typically will not in-owner, not to exceed 18 months ciude air cleaning components ruch as HEPA filters or adsorber air-cleaning units penetration - leakage of challenge gas or acrosol past the coruponents between the upstream and down-filter - a device that removes matter from a Ould stream sample ports which passes through it ! ~ 100 &g r filter kmk or adsorber bank - one or more filtet or adsorber cells secured in a single mounting frame, or one or more side by side panels containing poured where or packed air treatment media, confined within the P = % penetration perimeter of a duct, plenum, or vault cross section: sometimes referred to as a stage C, a downstream concentration of a gas or aero-so] frame, inounting - a structure designed to support C, = upstream concentration of a gas or aerosol filters or adsorbers and which provides a uniform preanut, inaxunum operating - the maximum static surfi.cc for the seating of filter or adsorber gaskets pressure the air cleaning urdts and components will halide gas detection trutrument - an instrument ca-be subjected to and still be required to continue to pable of distinguishing halide challenge gas from perform their air-cleaning function. Static pressure background and detecting balide gas with a linear resulting from off normal operating mnditions which rar.ge of at least 10$ do not render the system inoperable (e.g., closure of halide gas generator - a device for producing halide branch dampers or registers) shall be considered as challenge gas for testing maximum operating pressme. HEP 4 filter - a high efficiency particulate air filter pmun, opW - &c Mak pnume sat mne-is a throwaway, extended media dry type filter with 'E " '

- '8" E*'

E* 4 a rigid casing enclosing the full depth of the pleats.

*" "8

'* *E "*"I' " D****

E"

" " *9"* I

* * * " " E"

8 The filter shall exhibit a minimum efficicacy of 99.9'/% when tested with an aerosol of essentially Pressure, but may not eaceed it. monodispersed 0.3 m particles. pressure, test - the static pressure used for establish-houring - a duct section that contains one or more ing leakage rates (pressure decay method only). This pressure is 1.25 times the maximum operating pres-components, each of which mry be used for moving, sute of the item being tested, but shall not exceed cleaning, heating, cooling, humidifying, or dehumi-difying the air or gas stream structural capability preuure. pressun, structuralapability - the static pressure to leakage - the passage of air through the pressure which the designer specifies the component or equip-boundary ment can be safely loaded without permanent dis-leakage, bypass - a path through which contaminated tortion. This pressure may exceed the maximum air can escape treatment around the installed HEPA operating pressure due to inclusion of a margin of and/or adsorber banks

safety, nuclear air treatment system - a system designed to pnuun drop, mmum ho@ wmponent - the remove radioactive gaseous and particulate contam, raximum design differential pressure across all inants from a near atmospheric pressure gas stream houssg mmponents in an ak treatment system as without significantly altering the physical properties established by the designer of the inert carrier gases. Such a system contains one prol'ef 3Pecifications - the facility specifiestions that or both of the high efficiency gas cleaning compo-define specific technical operating limits and condi-nents referred to as HEPA filters and nuclear grade tions imposed upon the facility's operation (e.g., final carbon or inorganic silver containing adsorbers.

safety analysis report, technical specifications, regu-These items are usually accompanied by one or more latory commitments) auxiliary air treatment components such as prefilters, ufrigerant il - trichloromonofluoromethane (R 11) afterfilters, heaters, coils, and moisture separators. in accordance with ANS1/ASHRAE 34 Accessories such as dampers, ducts, plennums, and trfrigerant 112 - challenge gas 1,1,2,2 tetrachloro-fans are included when they are within or are a part dinuoroethane (R 112 or R 112A) in accordance of a defined pressure boundary, with ANSI /ASHRAE 34 i 3

AEME N6101969 TESTING OF NUCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS scanning - a method for locating leaks in which the form the specific tests in question as evidenced by probe nozrje of a detection instrument is moved back experience and training. Persormel shall be certified and forth across the entire area being tested in accordance with ANSI /ASME NOA 1 or ANS 3.1 standard air - dty air at 70*F and 29.92 In. mercuiy and in accordance vith the facility project specifi-barometric pressure. This corresponds to an air den-cations and quality assurance program, alty of 0.075 lb/ft'. sest, acceptance - a test made upon completion of 4.3 instrumentation - Permanent on site fabrication, installation, repair, or modifica. tion of a system to verify that it meets specified re-The permanent instrumentation used on the in-stalled systems shall have an established routine cal-rest, leak, in. place - a test to measure b> pass leakage " " E " 8" around or through a specified test boundary E*)'#* *E# "* **" # I"E***' sert, surwillance - a series of tests periodically per-formed to monitor system condition and its ability to 4.4 instrumentation - Portable perform its intended function Portable instrumentation used in the performance satboundary - the physicallimit cornponent, system, of the tests specified in this standard shall meet the or device be!ng subjected to a leakage test as defined accuracy requirements of this standard and shall be in speciSc test procedures calibrated in accordance with the facility project test canister - a specially designed sample holder specifications and quality assurance p4ogram. containing sufficient adsorbent for specific labora-tory tests that can be removed from an adsorber bank to provide samples for laboratory testing. A full sized 5 VISUAL. INSPECTION Type Il adsorber cell may be substituted for the test 5.1 Purpose er fo the ses of providing material for gg ggg tertpmgram - a schedule which specifies tests and specified by the test program, shall be made in con-the sequence of tests to be made for the evaluation junction with each test series to identify visual defi-of a total air or gas cleaning system ciencies in the system prior to commencing the tests, in addition, this inspection may be used to verify that system design and construction are in accordance 4 with ASME N509. The tests covered by this Standard are of two 5.2 Summary of Method fYPes: (a) acceptance tests which verify that the systems Visual inspection shall be made under a combi-have been correctly installed and meet the require

nation of background light plus supplementary light ments of project specifications; that provides adequate illumination of the surface to (b) surveillance tests which monitor the condition be inspected.

of the systems. This classification of tests as acceptance or sur. 5.3 Prerequialtes veillance, and the recommended minimum frequency of tests are shown in Table 1. Construction, modification, and/or repairs shall be completed to the extent of supporting the test series. 4.1 Test Procedure 5.4 Apparatus Procedures shall be prepared for each required Supplementary light as required to provide ade-test, based upon the requirements of this Standard, quate illumination of the surface to be inspected. 4.2 Personnel 5.5 Procedure Tests shall be perfortne j only by persons who have As a minimum, the lists of items in para. 5.5.1 demonstrated the competence to satisfactorily per. 'should be checked. When performed as part of the 4

l TSSTING OF NUCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS ASME NS10 It00 h TABLE 1 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS WITH RECOMMENDED FREQUENCIE8 Test Seetaen of Stenderd flosemmended 7 g n l Note (1)) Wouelinspection 6 Before sech test certos l Note (2)) Duct leek test 8 Acceptance (Note (3)) Serveturel capability test 6 Accepterne INote (3)) Housing l'ek test 8 Aeooptance and et least once each 10 yeste [ Note (3)) i Mounting frame pressure leek test 7 Optional (Note (4)) ^ Airflow especity and distribution 8 ^ m;m (Note (3)) Surveillence [ Note (5)) Alt eerosol rnix6ng uniformity test g Acceptance (Note (3)) i in-place leek test HEPA filters 10 Acceptance, efter tech HEPA filter replacement and et least ones each operating eyote (Notes - (3), it)) in-place look test, edsorbers 11 Acceptance, efter sech odeorber % _ mnt 4 and at least once each operating cyoie [ Notes (3), (6)) Duct demper bypese test 12 - Acceptance and at loest once each operating. cycle (Notes (3), (6)) System bypeos test 13 Acceptance end et least once each operating cycle (Notes (3), (6)] - Air heater performance test 14 _ Acceptance and et loest once each operstmg cycle (Note (3)] Laboratory tests of adsorbent 16 Acceptance, before seeh odeorber _, __ _.a.t, and at least once sech opereelng cyois (Notes (3),0),(8)) NOTES: (1) Fleid test of motore, volve and sumper actuatore, and flre protecthe systems are not sovered by this Standard. (2) Preguency of verify 6ng loop seals and trope shall be evolueled by the owner to ooeurs integriev r.2 eli times. (3) Acceptance teste to be moos efter s ' t of initial construction eno sher any mejor system modinostion or repair.

14) The mounting frame leek test is a recommended, but optional test which serves to identity mounting frame leakage which would be included as a part of total bank leakage during HEPA filter bank and adsorber bank in pises leek teste. In many asses, e thorough visuel inspeo6on of the mounting frame ensures the moun6ng frame lookege semponent of tegel benk leakage will be minimal, it is left up to the owner to determine whether a mounting frame leek test le worrented beeed upon the visual examination.

(5) Airflow cepecify for surveillance purposes is performed prior to any W leek test per pere. 8.5.1.2,- (6) Per6 odic in place look tests of systems located within reestor conts6nments and used only for 100% recirculeton are not necessary. p) Adeorbente must be tested before installetion or replacement to establish effelency. Samples for laboratory testing should be taken before the routine in place testing of the instatied eyetem to verify the condition of the adsorbent.

18) Adeorbent is esmpled and laboratory teste shall be made to confirm performance et intervene not exceeding 720 hr of system operation or for any eyetem immediately following inadvertent exposure to solvent, points, or other organic fumes or vapnre 4.;

- history. ,which could degrade the performatse of the adsorbent. The 720 hr requirement may be modified based on laboratory test 5 i _, + w, -.,+e- -aq .,,--:m,r...mu a. .,.,,m,.n-n-w. ,n-n, ,,-,,.,.n.,------_e,--n,, eAn.w.-m. n n-m y, -- g,,-. r--,, -n n +,, ,, ~ ~,.. -

l l ASME N5101989 TESTING OF NUCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS acceptance test, the visual inspection should be could result in bypassing of the housing or any com-started prior to filter media installation and com-ponent thrrein. pleted after completion of media installation. Those (v) No sealant or caulking of any type on/m hous-items indicated by an asterisk (*) usually need only ings or component frames. Caulking on/in ducts may be inspected during acceptance testing anWor after be permissible depending on project specifications, any system modification or repair. Whenever "un-(w) Loop seats have adeuste water level, acceptable"is used,it is intended to mean any dam-(x) Satisfactory condition of fire protection com-age or condition that would impair the ability of the ponents (if prmided), item to perform its function (reference ASME N509). 5.5.1.2 Local instrumentation

8) N una ePtable damage to instrumentation 5 5.1 Guidance for Visual Inspection (e.g., gages, manometers. thermometers, etc.).

5.5.1.1 Housing and Ducts (b) All connections comptete. (a) Adequate access te nousing. (b) Adequate space for personnel and equipment 5.5.1.3 Ughtl.ig, Housing for maintenance and testing.' (a) Adequate lighting prmided for visual inspec-(c) Doors of rigid construction to resist unaccept-tion of housing and components, able flexure under operating conditions.' (b) Flush mounted fixtures seniceable from out-(d) ' Adequate seal between door and casing

side the housing.'

(e) Gasket joints are dovetail type with a seating surface suitable for accomodating a knife edge seal-ing device. 5.5.1.4 Mounting Frames for Filters and (f) Provision for opening doors from inside and Molature Separators outside of housing.. (a) Continuous seal weld between members of all (g) Adequate number and acceptable condition of frames and between frame and housing.' operable latches on access doors to achieve uniform (b) Adequate structural rigidity for supporting in-g seating. ternal components during operating conditions with. W utDexure.* (h) Provision for locking doors.. (i) Adequate structural rigidity of housing to resist (C) N Un8CCCPtable damage to the frames that unacceptable flexure during operating conditions,. may interfere with proper seating of components. (/) Access to upper tiers, (above the 7 ft level), (d) Sample canisters installed and unused connec-provided with permanent ladders and platforms.. tions capped or plugged leak tight. (k) At least 3 ft clearance between banks of com-(e) No penetrations of the mounting frame except f r test canisters. ponents for maintenance and testing.. (1) Door provided on each side, (upstream and (f) No scalant or caulking of any type, downstream), of each component bank.' (m) No back to-back installation of components.' 5.5.1.5 Filter Clamping Devices (n) Sample ports located and labeled upstream (a) Sufficient number of devices of adequate size and downstream of each HEPA filter and adsorber to assure specified gasket compression. bank. (b) Individual clamping of filters and adsorbers.' (o) Challenge injection ports located and labelled. (c) All clamping hardware complete and in good (p) Sample and injection ports equipped with condition. leak tight caps or plugged. (d) Adequate clearances prmided between filter (q) Housekeeping in and around housing ade. and adsorber units in same bank to tighted clamping quate for maintenance, testing, and operation. devices.' (r) Adequate guards provided on fans for person-nel safety. 5.5.1.6 Molsture Separators (s) Condition of Dexible connection between hous-(a) No unacceptable damage to media, frame, or ing and fan located external to housing adequate to gaskets. prevent leakage of untreated air. (b) No dirt or debris loading which creates a (t) Fan shaft seals installed where required. higher than the specified pressure drop across the (u) Airtight seals for conduits, electrical connec. bank of components at the design airflow rate, gl y tions, plumbing, drains, or other conditions that (c) Proper installation of moisture separators. 6

TEST 1NG OF NOCLEAR AIR TREATMENT $YSTEMS ASME N5tM989 5.5.1.7 Air HeatinD Colts - Inside Housino 5.7 Report (a) No unacceptable damage to coils which may affect operability of the heaters. The test procedure shall document the results of (b) No unacceptable dirt or debtis on or between the test and conform tu the owner's test program. items identified as unacceptable should be further documented in the comment section of the test re-5.5.1.8 Profilters port to assist the owner in preparation of corrective (a) No damage to media, frame, or gaskets which action. may affect operability of prefilters. (b) No dirt or debris loading which creates higher than the specified pressure drop across the filter 6 DUCT AND HOUSING LEAK AND bank at the design Dow rate. STRUCTURAL CAPABILITY TESTS (e) Proper installation of prefilters. 6.1 Purpose 5.5.1.9 HEPA Fliters These tests are to verify the leak tightness and (c) No unacceptable damage to filter media, structural integrity of housings and ducts. (b) Acceptable condition and seating of gaskets with at least 50% compression. 6.2 Summary of Method (e) No dirt of debris loading which creates higher than the specificd pressure drop across the filter 6.2.1 Structural Capability Test. Ducts and hous-bank at the design flow rate. ings of once through and recirculation air treatment (d) No sealant or caulking of any type. systems which could be subjected to structural ca-(c) Filters are properly installed with pleats ver, pability pressurc due to closure of dampers on suc-tical. tion or discharge of fans shall be pressure tested to the structural capability pressure and verified that 5.5.1.10 Adsorbers h-(a) No unacceptable damage to adsorbers or ad-tegrity. there is no unacceptabe distortion or breach of in-sorbent beds. (b) Acceptable condition and seating of gaskets 6.2.2 Duct and Housing Lenk Tests. Ducts and with at least 50% compression. housings shall be pressurized to determine leak tight-(e) No through bolts on Type !! adsorbers or other ness. If the measured leakage is in excess of the ac-structure that could cause bypass in an adsorber ceptance criteria, the leaks should be located by one of the methods listed in paras. 6.5.4 or 6.5.5. After d) No sealant or caulking of any type, 8 te d 5.5.1.11 Dampers - Housinc and Associated Bypass Duet 6.3 Prerequisites (a) No unacceptable damage to or distortion of frame or blades, M M dW (b) No missmg seats or blade edging. the test boundary shall be complete and the inlet and (e) No unacceptable damage to shaft, pivot pins' discharge openings of the duct or housing sealed be-Operator linkages, operators, or packing. fore the test is started. All electrical, piping, and in-(d) Ilnkage connected and free from obstruction. strument connections shall be complete and all (c) No unacceptable damage to gaskets. permanent seals installed before the test is started. 5.5.1.12 Manifolds 6.4 Apparatus (a) No unacceptable damage to test manifolds. (b) Adequate clearance between permanent man-6.4.1 Structural Capability Test ifolds at.d filters. 6.4.1.1 Test fan with flow control. 6.4.1.2 Covers to seal test boundaries. 5.6 Acceptance Criteria 6.4.1.3 Clock or timer accurate to 1.0 sec. The acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with 6.4.1.4 Pressure indicating device aceutate to test progrn. or project specifications. 0.1in,w.g. 7

ASME Nsio 1989 TE!rTING OF NUCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS 6.4.2 Duct and Housing Leak Rate Test 6.5.2.3 Seal test boundaries and close access 6.4.2.1 Fan with flow ontrol, openings in the normal manner. Do 1.ot use tempo. rary scalants, duct tape, or similar temporary mate. 6,4.2.2 Flowmeter or totalizing gas volume me' rials eacept for sealing temporary blankoffs. ter accurate to 25% of reading. 6.4.2.3 Temperature indicating device accurre 6.5.2.4 Start the fan and operate until the max. to = 0.5'F' I"*

E

8 E"" 'd* "*""E' sure constant with a flow control device until the 6.4.2.4 Pressure indicating device accurate to temperature remains constant within 20.5'F for a 2 0.1 in, w.g. minimum of 10 min. l 6.4.2.5 Covers to seal test boundaries. 6.5.2.5 Measure the flow rate of the air being 6.4.2.6 Clock or timer accurate to 21.0 sec. added to or removed from the duct / housing while maintaining the maximum operating pressure within 6.4.3 Bubble Method 10.1 in, w.g. The flow rate should be measured by 6.4.3.1 Bubble solution in a plastic squeeze. type one of the following methods. laboratory wash bottle (a commercial test solution or (a) For a flowmeter: record Dow readings once a a solution consisting of equal parts liquid detergent, minute for a 10 min continuous period and average glycerine, and water), the readings to calculate the measured leakage flow 6.4.4 Audible Leak Method rate. (b) For a totalizing gas volume meter: measure t 6.4.4.1 Suitable electronic sound detection equipment (optional), the total volume of air for a 10 min continuous period and dMde the measured volume by time (10 min) to l calculate the measured leakage flow rate, j 6.5 Procedure 6.5.2.6 If the calculated leak rate exceeds the 6.5.1 Structural Capability Test acceptance value, report to the owner and locate the h l 6.5.1.1 Connect the test fan with flow control to leaks in accordance with para. 6.5.4 and/or para. the housing and/or ducting. 6.5.5. Repair and retest as required. 6.5.1.2 Install a pressure indicating device so 6.5.3 Duet and Housing Leak Rate Test that it willind.lcate the pressure inside the duct and/ (Pressure Decay Method) or housing being tested. ,,g were poslove,@would be 6dentical for nessuv 6.5.1.3 Seal test boundaries and close access

* ""'8"'"**d'" * "' ""**" "*" ** **" "

openings in the normal manner. 6.5.1.4 Statt the fan and operate until the strue. 6.5.3.1 Connect test fan with shutoff valve to tural capability pressure is achieved. Maintain pres. duct / housing. I sure for the duration of the inspection. 6.5.3.2 Install temperature and pressure devices L 6.5.1.5 Inspect the pressure boundary for dis. to indicate representative temperatures and pres. tortion or breach of integrity. sures inside the duct / housing being tested. 6.5.1.6 Release pressure and inspect for per-6.5.3.3 Seal test boundaries and close access manent distortion. openings in the normal manner. 6.5.2 Duet and Housing Leak Rate Test l (Constant Pressure Method) 6.5.3.4 Start fan and operate until the test pres. sure is achieved. Maintain test pressure constant with i 6.5.2.1 Connect the test fan with flow control to a flow control device until the temperature remains duct / housing. Connect the flowmeter or totalizing gas constant within 10.5'F for a minimum of 10 min. volume meter between the fan and the housing Close shutoff valve. (downstream of the throttling valve,if used), i 6.5.3.5 Record initial time, presrure, and tem. E5.2.2 Install temperature and pressure devices perature. to indwate representative ternperature and pressure W inside the duct / housing being tested. 6.5.3.6 Record barometric pressure. 8

TESTIN0 0F NUCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS ASME N6ttk1009 6.5.3.7 Reco:J pressure tesdings once a minute 6.6 Aeooptance Criteria util pre re deca t 5% of the test pressure,or 6.6.1 Structural Capability Test. Meets the re-6.5.3.4 Record final time, preasure, and tem-quirements of ASME N509, test program and project perature. specifications, 4.5.3.9 Calculate leakage from the equation: 6.6.2 Duct and Housing Leak Test. Meets the regulrements of AShE N509, test program and proj-I' ect speci6 cations. 3*.[5,0. 0,) R.W0.073) T;) 6.7 Report The test procedure shall include documentation of = e hin es u dary, ft, the ruelts of the test and conform to the owner's P, = initial pressure within test boundary, Ib/ft, test prograrn. ABS P = final pressure within test boundary, Ib/ft f 8 ABS T, = absolute temperature at start of test,'R 7 MOUNTING FRAME PRESSURE LEAK TEST T = absolute temperature at end of test,'R (OPTIONAL) f At = rf - r, 7.1 Purpose r, = time at start of test, min r = time at end of test, min This optional test is used to verify the absence of f R = gas constant for air leaks through seal welds of the IEPA filter and/or '4 adsorber frames, and between the frames and hous-I ing. 53.35l4.Rft Ib 'l NOTT2 Presence of uwse leaks wul be evident when perfonning i / Secuons 10 and 11 of thh Standard. A pood visual vermeauon per Section 5 h usunny ade ate, This test authod is prended ict use 6.5.3.10 If calculated leak rate exceeds the ac. " ceptance value, report to owner. Locate leaks in ac. cordance with paras. 6.5.4 or 6.5.5. Repair and retest as required. 7.2 Summary of Method 6.5.4 Bubble Leak Location Method Openings of the test boundary and mounting frame 6.5.4.1 Pressurize the test boundary to a pres, shall be scaled with blank off plates. The leak tight-sure adequate to locate leaks (not to exceed struc-ness of the mounting frames meeta requirements of tural capability pressure), para. 6.6.2 when tested by the pressure decay method 6.5.4.2 With test boundary under continuous - (para. 6.5.3) or the constant pressure method (para. 6.5.2). pressure, apply bubble solution to areas to be tested. Identify places where bubbles are found. 1 6.5.4.3 After repair of leaks, retest as required. 7.3 Prerequisites 6.5.5 Audible Leak Location Method 7.3.1 Construction, modications, and repairs of the l 6.5.5.1 Pressurize the test boundary to a pres-test boundary shall be completed. sure adequate to detect leaks (not to exceed struc-( - tural capability pressure). 7.3.2 Mounting frame blank off plates installed. l 6.5.5.2 With the test boundary continuously 7.3.3 Test boundary sealed and all doors and ac-l pressurized, locate audible leaks (electronic sound cess panels closed in the normal manner. detection equipment optional). Identify places where j leaks are found. 7.4 Apparatus 6.5.5.3 After repair of leaks, retest as required. The same as para. 6.4. 9

ASME N6to 1000 TESTING OF NUCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYST[MS 7.5 Procedure 8.3.2 Altflow Distribution Test. Airflow capacity The same as paras. 6.5.2 or 6.5.3. test is complete and all componenis shall be installed. NOTL niten abould be in the clean condition to prevent varta, 7.6 Acceptance Criteria tions in Ikm due to unequal loading Meets the requirements of ASME N509, the test program and project specifications. 8.4 Apparatus 8.4.1 Standard pitot tube (length as required). 7.7 Report 8.4.2 Pressure indicating device accurate to The test procedure shallinclude documentation of 2 5.0% of reading. the results of the test and conform to the owner's test program or project specifications. 8.4.3 Rotating vane, heated wire or heated ther. mocouple anemometer or other suitable measuring device accurate to 5.0% of reading. 8 AIRFLOW CAPACITY AND DISTRIBUTION TESTS 8.5 Procedure 8.1 Purpose 8.5.1 Airflow Capacity Test These tests shall be used: Hott. ne iesti desertbed in pare. sit see s tw performed onh (a) to verify that the design altfluw can be

- - - "P'*""'"*"d*^"**NY"'""'""""P*l'-

achieved with the fan as furnished, under actual field conditions at maximurn and minimum filter pressure 8.5.1.1 Start system fan and verify stable (no drop; surging) fan operation for 15 min. (b) to verify that airflow distribution across each B.5.1.2 Measure system airflow in accordance HEPA filter bank or adsorber bank is uniform at the with para 2.2 or equivalent. design flow rates. 8.5.1.3 Clean System Alrflow. With new hous. ing components installed, or simulated, operate at 8.2 Summary of Method the clean differential pressure and compare meas. 8.2.1 Alrflow Capacity Test. Total airflow is ured flow rate (using methods of para. 8.5.1.2) with rneasured to verify capacity at clean and dirty filter the value specified by the test program or project conditions when the system is operated at normal or specifications. If the specified value cannot be simulated minimum and maximum design conditions. achieved, report to owner, 8.2.2 Airflow Distribution Test. Velocity profiles NOTE: This may indsate excairve systern in leakage, improper of the filter bank (s) shall be inade to evaluate uni. tan deaisn. troproper housing desisn. or inadequate att balance. form altflow distribution. The presence of uniform 8.5 9.4 Maximum Housino Component altflow distribution for the upstream HEPA filter Pressure Drop Altflow. After sumessful completion bank shall be adequate to verify uniform distribution of para. 8.5.1.3, increase housing component resist. for the downstream adsorber and/or HEPA filter ance (artificially by blanking off portions of the filter banks if the banks have relatively uniform geometry bank or by adjusting throttling dampers) until the arid cross sectional area, and are not interrupted by maximum housing coroponent pressure drop for the turns or bends. system (as specified in the test program or project specifications) is achieved. Measure flow rate per 8.3 Prerequisites para. 8.5.1.2. If the maximum housing component pressure drop airflow cannot be achieved, report to B.3.1 Airflow Capselty Test. System airflow bal, owner. ancing required for the performance of these tests shall be completed. The extent of the system balanc-8.5.1.5 Return system to " clean" condition. ing requirement shall be documented in the test pro. 8.5.2 Alrflow Distribution Test gram. All housing components, or equal artificial resistance devices shall be installed. NOTE Airoo.distra.ution tests are not required for a tuter bank containing a sinste itEPA fdter. 10

O' TESTING OF NUCLEA81 AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS ASME N5101989 8.5.2.1 Altflow Distribution Through HEPA 8.7 Report Filter Banks. The minimum number of velocity measurements shall be one in the center of each fil. T e test procedure shallinclude documentation of ter. All measurements should be made an equal dis-the results of the test and conform to the owner's tance away from the filters. Velocity measurements teu pp should be made downstream of the filters to take advantage of the airflow distribution dampening ef-feets of the llEPA filters. 9 AIR-AEROSOL MIXING UNIFORMITY TEST 8.5.2.2 Airflow Distribution Through 9.1 Purpose Adsorber Banks. For banks containing Type I ad-sorbers, the air distribution test shall follow the same This test is a prerequisite for conducting the tests procedures specified for IIEPA filter banks in para, in Sections 10 and 11, in place leak tests of 1[ EPA 8.5.2.1. For banks containing Type 11 modular trays, filter and ads rber banks, respectively. The purpose the air distribution test shall follow the same proce-of the test is to wrify that the challenge gas is intro-dure specified for filter banks in para. 8.5.2.1, except duced so as to provide uniform tnixing in the air. that all velocity measurements shall be made in the stream approaching the IIEPA filter bank or plane of the face of the air channels, in the center adsorber stage to be tested. When acceptable uni. of every open channel and an equal distance away i rmity is achieved, an upstream sample taken in the from the adsorbers. For type !!! adsorbers, velocity same p siti n that the uniformity data were obtained ) measurements shall be made in the plane of the face is defined as an acceptable single point upstream I of the air channels. These measurements shall be 8"*P made in centers of equal area that cover the entire Ws test is performed upon completion of initial open face, not in excess of 12 in, between points on rystem installation and after modification or major a channel, and an equal distance away from the ad-repair, it is not required each time au in4 ace leak l sorber. test f the filters or adsorbers is performed. if the 9 loc.tlon of the injection and/or upstream sample 8.5.2.3 Calculate the average of the velocity ports is changed, the air-aerosol mixing uniformity readings (Section 3). shall be recertified. 8.5.2.4 Note the highest and lowest velocity NOTE ne air-eerosol aning unuormay ten h not necessary for readings and calculate the percentage they vary from a single IEPA Nter in a banL tf the housing has more than one the average found in para. 8.5.2.3. If acceptance cri- [3^ f2h", bank h h n' l* ' .I'cha a own ,,, n, nea s teria are exceeded, notify owner. port is requind for cuh bant nenfare, e acparate air-eerosol mtong test h required for each trpection port and Ster bant if air-acrosol minns h adequate for the first bad of IEPA Ntcrs, 8.6 Acceptance Criteria it can be assumed to be adequate for the first adsorber bank down. stream of the first IEPA bant if the system coetains e accond 8.6.1 Altflow Capacity Test. Airflow shall be bad of lEPA mten tequiringd testing. Dor must be injected within s10% of the value specified in the test pro. 8 P" r' '$ '* ' b '*ad g9,, bads in uo n,e a t gram or project specifications. Maximum boosing to ASME N509, Appenda C, for a tacussion of manifold design component pressure drop airflows shall be z 10% of svidelhas, and Appenda D for manifold quatincation teet re. the value specified in the test program or project 9" *' ""' specifications with the pressure drop greater than or equal to the maximum housing component pressure drop. For systems with carbon adsorbers, the maxi. 9.2 Summary of Method mum velocity of air through the carbon beds shall be limit to that value specified in the laboratory test DOP aerosol is introduced into the airstream at a previously selected injection point. Aerosol concen. tration readings shall be taken across a plane parallel 8.6.2 Airflow Distribution Test. No velocity to, and a short distance upstream of, the IIEPA filter readings shall exceed :e20% of the calculated aver. bank or adsorber stage. The uniformity of the read-age. For systems with carbon adsorbers, maximum ings establishes the acceptability of the injection port 4 velocity of air through the carbon beds shall be lim-location. DOP aerosol is used to establish uniform ited to that value specified in the laboratory test challenge / alt mixing upstream of both IIEPA filter (Section 15), and adsorber banks. 11 l

ASME N&lD.1989 TESTING OF NUCLEAR AIR 111EATMENT $YSTEMS 9.3 Preregulsites 10 HEPA FILTER BANK IN PLACE TEST The airDow capacity and distnbution tests of Sec-tion 8 have been satisfactorily performed. If perma-10.1 Purpose nent manifolds are installed, the injection and This test is used for both acceptance and suncil-sample manifold qualification testing has been com-pleted in accordance with Appendix D of ASME lance leak testing of the installed HEPA filter bank, NOE DOP netk testing of other non4tEPA filter barAs (prt. N509. rateri)is not required. 9.4 Apparatus 9.4.1 Aerosol generator. 9.4.2 Aerosol detection instrument. A DOP challenge is injected into the airstream 9.4.3 System fan or auxiliary fan (for systems not. upstream of the HEPA filter bank. Concentrations mally without fans) capable of producing the airflow shall be determined upstream and downstream of the filter bank. Percent penetration is determined from specified in the test program. the ratio of the downstream to upstream concentra-tions (Section 3). 9.5 Procedure 9.5.1 Connect an aerosol generator to the injection10.3 Prerequisites port. The upstream sample and injection points to be f 9.5.2 Start system fan (or auxiliary fan). Establish used are those qualified per Section 9. Single point alrDow as specified by the test program and project downstream sample points shall be downstream of a specifications. fan, or downstream sarnple manifolds shall be qual. ified per ASME N509. 9.5.3 Connect acrosol detection instrument to an upstream sample port, 9.5.4 Start DOP injection. 10.4 Apparatus 9.5.5 Take a concentration reading approximately10.4.1 DOP aerosol (or suitable alternate). 1 ft upstream and at the center of each filter. Allow adequate time at each location to ensure represent-10.4.2 DOP serorol generator. ative readings. 10.4.3 DOP aerosol detection instrument, 9.5.6 Calculate average concentration (Section 3). N '" "" ' " "'Y '* " '" 'N' ** 9.5.7 Calculate the percent difference of each normally without fans capable of producing the air-reading with respect to the average' flow specified in the test program. NOTL Sample line leegth should be minimized to reduce sample 9.5.8 If the maximum and minimum readings do p g*'"",'g'$d,('3g** "p'q'g,,*','dggg not meet the acceptance entena, notify owner, enom NOTE Renocation of the injection pon or prwision for additional mixing between the injection port and the sample point inay be required. Following relocation or the in}cetion port or system exo 16 cations, retest is required. 10.5 Prcesdure 9.6 Acceptance Criterla 10.5.1 Establish airflow through the HEPA filter "E*# No readings shall exceed :t 20% of the calculated or project specifications.

"' E' E###

average reading. 10.5.2 Measure and record the pressure drop 9.7 Report across the bank, using system or temporary test in. strumentation. The test procedure shall include documentation of the results of the test and conform to the owner's 10.5.3 Connect aerosol detection instrument sam-test program. pie lines to the upstream and downstream sampleh ports. 12

TESTING OF NUCLE.AR 41R TREATMENT SYSTEMS ASME N61M9L9 h 10,5.4 Check the background particulate concen-tions shall be determined upstream and downstream tration upstrcam and downstream of the }{ EPA filter of the bank. percent penetration is determined from bank. ne preinjection background levels shall be the ratio of downstream to upstream concentration stable to ensure proper instrurnent response. The (Section 3). levels shall not interfere with the detector's ability to detect penetration smaller than the manmum pen-etration allowed by the test program or project spec-11.3 Preregulsites ifications. The upstream sample and injection points to be 10.5.5 Connect DOP aerosol generator to injee-used shall be those qualified per Section 9. Dcmw tion port and start injection. stream sample points shall be downstream of a fan, 10.5.6 Record upstream concentration reading. or downstream sample manifolds shall be qualified per ASME N509. 10.5.7 Record downstream concentration reading. 10.5.8 Repeat steps from paras.10.5.6 and 10.5.*/ 11.4 Apparatus until readings are repeatable within 5% of respec-tive previous readings. Use final set of readings to 11.4.111alide gas R 11 is preferred; R 112 (or R-calculate penetration. 112A) is an acceptable alternate, 10.5.9 Calculate penetration (Section 3). If cal-11.4.211alide gas detection instrument. culated penetration exceeds the acceptance criteria, 11.4.3 Halide gas generator, notify the owner. 11.4.4 System fan or audliary fan (for systems nor-NOTE Calculated penetration shatl be edgsted for any back. mally without fans) capable of producing the flow ground readmgs. rate specified in the test program or project specifi* cations. 9 10.5.10 When the housing contains more than one bank of HEPA filters in series which are required to Nf,,p:le une leasths should be mmunized to reduce 3 be leak tested, repeat the procedure for each bank-response time and of appionmately equallengths to ehminate tirne delay errors. 10.6 Aceeptance Criteria (2) It may be necessary io cperate the system sor a penod io purse all residual chat!cnge gas remaining from a pnor test to reduce Allowable penetration shall be as stated in the test background concentrations to acceptable values. program or project specifications. 10.7 Report 11.5 Procedure The test prowture shall include documentation of 11.5.1 Establish airDow through the adsorber bank the results of the te ts and wnform to the owner's at the flow rate specified by test program or project test program or project 4 cifications. specifications through the adsorber bank. 11.5.2 Connect sample lines to upstream and 11 ADSORBER BANK IN PLACE LEAK TEST " *" '"*

E 93,3 p,p,,,

11.5.3 Measure upstream and downstream back-ground halide concentrations. The cnneentrations This test shall be used for both acceptance and shall not interfere with the halide detection instru-surveillance leak testing of the installed adsorber ments capability to detect leaks smaller than the max-bank. If samples of adsorbent are to be taken for imum leak allowed by the test program or project labroatory testing (Section 15), retsve such samples specifications. r to this test, and restore bens to operating con-11.5.4 Connect the generator to the injection port. 11.2 Summary of Method 11.5.5 Start injection. After generator stabiliza. 4 tion, tnaintain upstream challenge concentration A halide challenge gas is injected into the air-2 20% of average concentration during the injection stream upstream of the adsorber bank. Concentra-period. 13

ASME Nb101989 TESTING OF NUCLEAR AIR TREATMENT SYSTEMS 11.5.4 Take upstream and downs; team halide con, 12.3 Prerequisites centration readings as rapidly as instrument response permits. Record the time and concentration for each gg g g 3g gg Standard. 11.5.7 Calculate penetration. If the calculated penetration exer 't the acceptance criteria, notify 12.3.2 For a DOP aerosol leak test or a halide the owner. leak test, injection and sample ports shall be located NOTL Calculeted penetretion ihan tie sojusted for any tech. to ensure proper challenge to the damper and rep. smund W resentative upstream and downstream samples. 11.5.8 When the housing contains more than one bank of adsorbers in series, repeat the procedure for 12.4 Apparatus each bank utilizing the injection and sample ports 12.4.1 For a DOP aerosol leak test or a halide qualified in Section 9. leak test, the equipment shall be that listed in Sec-tions 10 or 11, respectively. 11.6 Aeoeptance Criteria 12.4.2 For a pressure decay leak test, the equip. Allowable penetration shall be as stated in the test ment shall be that listed in Section 6. program or project specifications. 12.5 Procedure

11. RePM i? 5.1 For a DOP aerosol leak test or a halide Tbc test procedure shcIllnclude documentation of leak test, ti.; procedure shall be that listed in Sec.

the results of the test and conform to the owner's tions 10 or 11, respectively. test program or project specifications. 12.5.2 For a pressure decay leak, the procedure h# shall be that listed in Section 6, 12 DUCT DAMPER BYPASS TEST 12.5.3 If the calculated leakage exceeds the ac. 12.1 Purpne C'Ptance criteria, notify the owner. To measure the leakage through closed dampers or valves intended to climinate flow through a bypass 12.8 Acceptance Criteria duct. Airflow leakage rates can be calculated in per. 12.2 Summary of Method here are two equally appropriate methods de. pending on the type of damper or valve to be leak % patrs%n = 100 x bypeu leakage rate, cfm measured atroow tested. For low leakage valves, a pressure decay test capacity now rate, cfm is usually the method of choice. For IJgher leakage devices (a few tenths or a percent of rated flow or greater) DOP aerosol or halide leak test may be Allowable penetration shall be in accordance with l-more conwnient If a DOP aerosol or halide leak the test program or project specl6 cations. test is specified, only one damper at a time is to be. NOTE Peaetretion value for bypam mwt k added to the oc-tested. De method shall be defined in the test pro-g"" '"M *h8***'*** 8$11;,',',p if O l'YPus is not gram or project specifications. = NOTE If the duct leakage acceptance criterion aDown a hisher leak rate for the duct than the damper criterion the premurt decey goethod may not be adequate to identity t'ypass leakage.' 12.7 Report ' When the DOP netosol test is used, the duct site sad expected he test procedure shall include documentation of trans i u" damper $ Ethe 8 metream the results of the tests and conform to the owner's ~ int port nocetion. test program or project specifications. 14

TESTING OF NUCt1AR AIR TPEATMENT SYSTIMS p ASME N6t01989 I) 13 SYSTEM DYPASS TEST NOTE The iniection and sample poru shan be krated to encom. 13.1 Purpose p.m au pouible t.mau teat.p baths. Systems using IIEPA filters and adsorber banks 13.5.4 Connect challenge generator to injection may contain bypass dampers, ducts, conduits, Door port. Start injection. disins, pipe penetrations, etc., whl:b could poten-tlally defeat the purpose of h!gh efficiency nuclear 13.5.5 Record upstream and downstream readings air treatment components. Herefore, it is necessary per Sections 10 or 11 depending on type chktlenge used. to perform tests which challenge all these potential bypass leakage paths. In cases where performance of 13.5.6 Calculate penetration (Section 3). If the Sections 10,11, and 12 can be shown to have chal, calculated penetration exceeds acceptance criteria, lenged all potential bypass paths, then the require, notify the wner, ments for the system bypass test may be considered to beve been satisfied, NOTL cakulated penetration shan be gusted for any back. smnd rudmas. 13.2 Summary of Method 13.6 Acceptance Criteria Select injection and sample locations which en-compass all possible bypass leakage paths to the 13.6.1 Allowable penetration shall be as stated in treatment system. 'lesting is performed per Sections the test program or project specifications, 10 or 11, 13.7 Report 13.3 Prerequisites The test procedure shall include documentation of g 13.3.1 Sections 10 and 11 of this Standard shallthe results of the test and conform to the owner's W have been completed prior to the performance of this test program or project spectfications. test. 13.3.2 For bypass leakage paths, uniform up-14 AIR HEATER PERFORMANCF TEST stream challenge agent mixing is required to ensure adequate challenge during the test. lf challence can-14.1 Purpose not be verified during the system test, a separate test 14.1.1 This test is used to verify that the nuclear should be specified p.t Section 12. air treatment system air heater performance meets the test program or project specifications. ^EE**"' The DOP or halide leak test equipment shall be 14.2 Summay of Method that listed in Sections 10 or 11, respectivel). 14.2.1 Power on electrical and mecham, cal tests shall be perfortned to verify correct operation and 13.5 Procedure condition of the alt heater. 13.5.1 Establish airDow through the system as 14.3 Prerequisites specified by the test program or project specifica-tions. 14.3.1 Visualinspection of the heater is completed (para. 5.5.1.7), 13.5.2 Conneet sample lines from the detector (s) to upstream and downstream sample ports. 14.3.2 Electrical control and feed power is avail, 13.5.3 Check the background concentration levels. able and all safety interlocks have been checked. The levels shall not interfere with the detecton ca. 4 pability to detect leaks smaller than the maximum 14.4 Apparatus penetration allowed by the test program or project 14.4.1 Clamp on ammeter and voltmeter accurate specifications. to 5% of reading. 15 [_

s ASME N%t01900 TESTING OF NUCL LAR AIR TREATMENT SYST[MS 14.4.2 Temperature indicating device accurate to 15.2 Summary of Method 15.2.1 Adsorbent samples Shah be tested in the laboratory to determine the overall efficiency of the 14.5 Procedure entire bank for the retention of radiolodine. 14.5.1 Power.On Electrical Tests. With power on, and system operating at rated airflow, measure 15.3 Prerequisites the voltage and current of all power circuits. 15.3.1 Refer to Table 1, Note (3). 14.5.2 Power On Mechanical Tests. Wi'.u heater energized and system operating at rated airflow, 15.4 Apparatus measure the temperature of the entering and leaving air. A rufficient number of measurements shall be 16.4.1 The laboratory apparatus required for the taken to determine average entering and leaving tem. per#cnnance of these tests is that specified in ASTM peratures. D 3803. 14.5.3 If measured values do not meet acceptance NOTT.: Refer to Nonmandatory Appenda 11 criteria, notify the owner. 5 Wocehre 14.6 Acceptance Criteria 14.6.1 Operating currents, voltages and change in AS D3 3' temperaturc shall be within the limits of test program or project specifications. NOTT.: Refer to Nonmandatory Appendu it. 14.7 Report 15.5.2 If results do not meet acceptance cd'.cria, notify the owner. 14.7.1 The test procedure shall include documen-tation of the results of the test and conform to the owner a test program or project specifications. 15.6 Acceptance Criteria 15.6.1 Adsorbent test criteria shall be as stated in the test program or project specifications. 15 LABORATORY TESTING OF ADSORDENT 15.1 Purpose 15.7 Report 15.1.1 These tests shall be performed to verify the 15.7.1 The test procedure shall include documen. acceptability of the adsorbent in the adsorber bank tation of the results of the test and conform to the on periodically withdrawn samples. owner's test proFram or project specifications. .r 1 1 16 I

(3 Q NONMANDATORY APPENDIX A DISCUSSION OF HOUSING AND FRAME LEAK TESTS frhls Appendix is not part of ASME N$101999, and is included for information purpo;es only.) nis Appendix discusses the background, problem one to one correlation of temperature change vs er-areas and equation derivation for housing and frame

ror, leak testing. A problem of parameter sensithity ap.

Derivation of the equation in para. 6.5.3.9: plies to any test method designed to determine a quantltative measure of leakage ceross the system p,f/j, if V boundary, %is discussion applies to low pressure sys-g T, T,j Rar(0.075) tems, operating at approximately 21 psig. As the absolute pressure increases significantly, the sensitiv-whe_rc ity of the test method to a given parameter will Q = sverage volumetric leak rate based on den-change significantly, sity of standard air 0.075 lb/ft' average den. (p) Analysis of the following variables: sity,SCFM (a) temperature V = volume of enclosure,it' (b) relative humidity P, = initial pressure of gas (alt) in enclosure, Ib/ (c) density it' absolute (d) barometric pressure P = final pressure gas (air) in enclosure, Ib'ft' f (e) test pressure vs design pressure absolute (f) time (duration) of test 7 = ambient temperature of gas (alt) in enclo-(g) secondary heat sources sure at time of test,'R shows that these parameters are either of no signif. m = average mass flow leak rate,ib/ min icance to the calculated leak rate, taken into account M, = initial mass of gas (alt) in enclosure, Ib in the equation for the pressure decay method, or of Af = final mass of gas (air) in enclosure, Ib I f signift:ance and therefore critical (of no significance A, = elsped time for pressure to change from f, to is having an effect of less than a few percent of the if min calculated leak rate for the worst conceivable situa. I a time at which final pressure is recorded, min f tion). Of the parameters listed, relative humidity is r, = time at which initial pressure is recorded, of no significance, Test pressure, density, barometric min preuure, and time are taken into account in the p = average density of gas (alt) to test condi-equation. This leaves secondary heat source and tem-tions, Ib/ft' perature, Since a heat source will change the tem-R = gas constant for air perature, a heat source and temperature may be considered as having the same effect and are of crit-ical significance. In any method used to measure or g calculate gas leakage into or out of a system near $3,35 l ID *N l k / atmospheric pressure, the system rnust be either is-NOTL 1 in. w.s = 5.204 Rdt othermal or the temperature change must be meas-ured during the test. Assumptions: O A change of l'F may have a significant effect on (a) Barometric pressure must be determined if ab-V the leak rate. Since the volume of the housing is in-solute pressures are to be computed from gage meas. cluded in the equation it is not possible to have a urements. 17

(b) ne enclosure and its gas (air) contents must be at the surrounding ambient temperature. The change in mass is equal to the total leakage: (c) he enclosed volume must not change signifi. cantly Mth pressurization or evacuation. g, y,, y, [P, jP }' a (T, T,j R (3) (d) The 7, and rf of the test are chosen so that The average mass flow rate is obtalacd by dhiding their average is approximately the operating pressure the totalleakage by the elapse in time: (positht or negative) for which a leak rate is being detennined. AE=Am (4) Derivation: Therefore, the average mass flow leak is: Applying the perfect gas law (assuming compress-Ibility factor (2 = 1): g, 'r,, Pji 1 r, T,; rat (5) T II) Convert to scfm, based on air density of 0.075 lb/ft : 5 M, = (2) D=l g gjj (6) e I 1 i l l I l 4 18

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE FOR USE OF ASTM D 3803,1979 (This Appendix is en integrel part of ASME N5101989, and is placed efter the ensin text for convenience.) NOTT.: At the ttme of this prtntint., a revision to A5"TM D 3803, on dificrent operating conditions. When tests are re-1979 was in prograu and should impkment the additional guld-ince of this Appcodis when issued. quired to be performed either under ASTM D 3803, 1979, or any other conditions following the ASTM Ris Appendix should be used to provide improved test precedure, the parameter tolerances tieed to be repeatability and accuracy to the resuhs when per-tightened for both new and used carbon testing. forming laboratory testing of adsorbents per ASTM ne following maximum parameter tolerances D 3803,1979, ne current version of ASTM D 3803, were found to result in acceptable reproducibility in 1979 " Standard Method for Radioiodine Testing of several of the test laboratories: Nuclear Grade Gas Phase Adsorbents," contains in-adequate lab instrument tolerances. The problem of Parameter Tolerance interlsboratory radioiodine penetration test reprod-Temperatur< $ 0.2 c c ucibility of ASni D 3S03,1979 as evaluated by Relative humiary +1,2% I (# ASME Committee on Nuclear Air and Oas Treat, livuri 3 0.t hr ment (CONAGT) and the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory $1,, N$i, Commission - Idaho National Engineering Labo-Preuure s c.s tre ratory EO&O Idaho, Inc. (NRC INEL) round robin tud depth t 1.0 aun testing and reported in " Final Technical Evaluation Report for NRC/INEL Activated Carbon Testing Recommendations: Program," Report No. EGO CS 7653 (April 1987). (a) It is recommended that the tolerances given in A new procedure has been developed for the most ASTM D 3803,1979, or in any other radiolodine test critical methyl iodide test (30*C, 95% RH), which procedures used, to be revised to the above toler. establishes the tolerances of parameter control to re-ances. sult in the required precision and accuracy according (b) To consistently meet these tolerances the ex. to ASTM E 691 " Practice For Conducting an Inter-perience of the CONAGT and NRC INEL round laboratory'icst Program to Determine the Precision robins performed indicates the requirement of fre-of Test." His procedure is currently under consid-quent NBS traceable calibration of sensors and the cration by the ASTM D 28 committee. continuity in the data logging and parameter control ne 30*C,95% Ri! rnethyl iodide test is consid-are necessary to ensure repeatability in test results, cred by INEL and the Nuclear Regulatory Commis-(e) ne CONAGT and NRC INEL round robins sion to be the most reliable test method to establish have indicated that the humidity pre-equlHbration of the methyl (odide removal efficency of any adsorbent. 30*C for used carbons results in a more conservative 110 wever, nuclear facilities often require test param-test than the current ASTM D 3803,1979, required eters (temperature, humidity, etc.) which are based non pre equilibration. O 19 l A '}}

ML20024G842

Contents

Text

Dear Mr. E e ll t e nhau c e n :

Contact:

Contact:

References:

SUMMARY

6.0 NOTES

Navigation menu

ML20024G842

Text

Dear Mr. E e ll t e nhau c e n :

Contact:

Contact:

References:

SUMMARY

6.0 NOTES

Navigation menu

Search